|
|
<!DOCTYPE PROP><PROP>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QAction::accel</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqaction.html#accel-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the action's accelerator key.
|
|
|
<p>The keycodes can be found in <a href="ntqt.html#Key-enum">TQt::Key</a> and <a href="ntqt.html#Modifier-enum">TQt::Modifier</a>. There
|
|
|
is no default accelerator key.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqaction.html#setAccel">setAccel</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqaction.html#accel">accel</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QAction::enabled</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqaction.html#enabled-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds whether the action is enabled.
|
|
|
<p>Disabled actions can't be chosen by the user. They don't disappear
|
|
|
from the menu/tool bar but are displayed in a way which indicates
|
|
|
that they are unavailable, e.g. they might be displayed grayed
|
|
|
out.
|
|
|
<p> What's this? help on disabled actions is still available provided
|
|
|
the <a href="ntqaction.html#whatsThis-prop">QAction::whatsThis</a> property is set.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqaction.html#setEnabled">setEnabled</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqaction.html#isEnabled">isEnabled</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QAction::iconSet</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqaction.html#iconSet-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the action's icon.
|
|
|
<p>The icon is used as the tool button icon and in the menu to the
|
|
|
left of the menu text. There is no default icon.
|
|
|
<p> If a null icon (<a href="ntqiconset.html#isNull">QIconSet::isNull</a>() is passed into this function,
|
|
|
the icon of the action is cleared.
|
|
|
<p> (See the action/toggleaction/toggleaction.cpp example.)
|
|
|
<p>
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqaction.html#setIconSet">setIconSet</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqaction.html#iconSet">iconSet</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QAction::menuText</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqaction.html#menuText-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the action's menu text.
|
|
|
<p>If the action is added to a menu the menu option will consist of
|
|
|
the icon (if there is one), the menu text and the accelerator (if
|
|
|
there is one). If the menu text is not explicitly set in the
|
|
|
constructor or by using <a href="ntqaction.html#setMenuText">setMenuText</a>() the action's description
|
|
|
text will be used as the menu text. There is no default menu text.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="ntqaction.html#text-prop">text</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqaction.html#setMenuText">setMenuText</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqaction.html#menuText">menuText</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QAction::on</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqaction.html#on-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds whether a toggle action is on.
|
|
|
<p>This property is always on (TRUE) for command actions and
|
|
|
<a href="qactiongroup.html">QActionGroup</a>s; <a href="ntqaction.html#setOn">setOn</a>() has no effect on them. For action's
|
|
|
where <a href="ntqaction.html#isToggleAction">isToggleAction</a>() is TRUE, this property's default value is
|
|
|
off (FALSE).
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="ntqaction.html#toggleAction-prop">toggleAction</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqaction.html#setOn">setOn</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqaction.html#isOn">isOn</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QAction::statusTip</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqaction.html#statusTip-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the action's status tip.
|
|
|
<p>The statusTip is displayed on all status bars that this action's
|
|
|
toplevel parent widget provides.
|
|
|
<p> If no status tip is defined, the action uses the tool tip text.
|
|
|
<p> There is no default statusTip text.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="ntqaction.html#statusTip-prop">statusTip</a> and <a href="ntqaction.html#toolTip-prop">toolTip</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqaction.html#setStatusTip">setStatusTip</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqaction.html#statusTip">statusTip</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QAction::text</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqaction.html#text-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the action's descriptive text.
|
|
|
<p>If <a href="ntqmainwindow.html#usesTextLabel-prop">QMainWindow::usesTextLabel</a> is TRUE, the text appears as a
|
|
|
label in the relevant tool button. It also serves as the default
|
|
|
text in menus and tool tips if these have not been specifically
|
|
|
defined. There is no default text.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="ntqaction.html#menuText-prop">menuText</a>, <a href="ntqaction.html#toolTip-prop">toolTip</a>, and <a href="ntqaction.html#statusTip-prop">statusTip</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqaction.html#setText">setText</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqaction.html#text">text</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QAction::toggleAction</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqaction.html#toggleAction-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds whether the action is a toggle action.
|
|
|
<p>A toggle action is one which has an on/off state. For example a
|
|
|
Bold toolbar button is either on or off. An action which is not a
|
|
|
toggle action is a command action; a command action is simply
|
|
|
executed, e.g. file save. This property's default is FALSE.
|
|
|
<p> In some situations, the state of one toggle action should depend
|
|
|
on the state of others. For example, "Left Align", "Center" and
|
|
|
"Right Align" toggle actions are mutually exclusive. To achieve
|
|
|
exclusive toggling, add the relevant toggle actions to a
|
|
|
<a href="qactiongroup.html">QActionGroup</a> with the <a href="qactiongroup.html#exclusive-prop">QActionGroup::exclusive</a> property set to
|
|
|
TRUE.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqaction.html#setToggleAction">setToggleAction</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqaction.html#isToggleAction">isToggleAction</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QAction::toolTip</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqaction.html#toolTip-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the action's tool tip.
|
|
|
<p>This text is used for the tool tip. If no status tip has been set
|
|
|
the tool tip will be used for the status tip.
|
|
|
<p> If no tool tip is specified the action's text is used, and if that
|
|
|
hasn't been specified the description text is used as the tool tip
|
|
|
text.
|
|
|
<p> There is no default tool tip text.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="ntqaction.html#statusTip-prop">statusTip</a> and <a href="ntqaction.html#accel-prop">accel</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqaction.html#setToolTip">setToolTip</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqaction.html#toolTip">toolTip</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QAction::visible</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqaction.html#visible-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds whether the action can be seen (e.g. in menus and toolbars).
|
|
|
<p>If <em>visible</em> is TRUE the action can be seen (e.g. in menus and
|
|
|
toolbars) and chosen by the user; if <em>visible</em> is FALSE the
|
|
|
action cannot be seen or chosen by the user.
|
|
|
<p> Actions which are not visible are <em>not</em> grayed out; they do not
|
|
|
appear at all.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqaction.html#setVisible">setVisible</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqaction.html#isVisible">isVisible</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QAction::whatsThis</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqaction.html#whatsThis-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the action's "What's This?" help text.
|
|
|
<p>The whats this text is used to provide a brief description of the
|
|
|
action. The text may contain rich text (HTML-like tags -- see
|
|
|
<a href="ntqstylesheet.html">QStyleSheet</a> for the list of supported tags). There is no default
|
|
|
"What's This" text.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="ntqwhatsthis.html">QWhatsThis</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqaction.html#setWhatsThis">setWhatsThis</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqaction.html#whatsThis">whatsThis</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QActionGroup::exclusive</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="qactiongroup.html#exclusive-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds whether the action group does exclusive toggling.
|
|
|
<p>If exclusive is TRUE only one toggle action in the action group
|
|
|
can ever be active at any one time. If the user chooses another
|
|
|
toggle action in the group the one they chose becomes active and
|
|
|
the one that was active becomes inactive.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="ntqaction.html#toggleAction-prop">QAction::toggleAction</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="qactiongroup.html#setExclusive">setExclusive</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="qactiongroup.html#isExclusive">isExclusive</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QActionGroup::usesDropDown</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="qactiongroup.html#usesDropDown-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds whether the group's actions are displayed in a subwidget of the widgets the action group is added to.
|
|
|
<p>Exclusive action groups added to a toolbar display their actions
|
|
|
in a combobox with the action's <a href="ntqaction.html#text-prop">QAction::text</a> and <a href="ntqaction.html#iconSet-prop">QAction::iconSet</a> properties shown. Non-exclusive groups are
|
|
|
represented by a tool button showing their <a href="ntqaction.html#iconSet-prop">QAction::iconSet</a> and
|
|
|
-- depending on <a href="ntqmainwindow.html#usesTextLabel">QMainWindow::usesTextLabel</a>() -- <a href="ntqaction.html#text">text</a>()
|
|
|
property.
|
|
|
<p> In a popup menu the member actions are displayed in a submenu.
|
|
|
<p> Changing usesDropDown only affects <em>subsequent</em> calls to <a href="qactiongroup.html#addTo">addTo</a>().
|
|
|
<p> Note that setting this property for actions in a combobox causes
|
|
|
calls to their <a href="ntqaction.html#setVisible">QAction::setVisible</a>(),
|
|
|
<a href="ntqaction.html#setEnabled">QAction::setEnabled</a>(), and
|
|
|
<a href="ntqaction.html#setDisabled">QAction::setDisabled</a>() functions to have no effect.
|
|
|
<p> This property's default is FALSE.
|
|
|
<p>
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="qactiongroup.html#setUsesDropDown">setUsesDropDown</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="qactiongroup.html#usesDropDown">usesDropDown</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QAssistantClient::open</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqassistantclient.html#open-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds whether TQt Assistant is open.
|
|
|
<p>
|
|
|
<p>Get this property's value with <a href="ntqassistantclient.html#isOpen">isOpen</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QAxBase::control</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="qaxbase.html#control-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the name of the COM object wrapped by this QAxBase object.
|
|
|
<p>Setting this property initilializes the COM object. Any COM object
|
|
|
previously set is shut down.
|
|
|
<p> The most efficient way to set this property is by using the
|
|
|
registered component's UUID, e.g.
|
|
|
<pre>
|
|
|
ctrl-&gt;setControl( "{8E27C92B-1264-101C-8A2F-040224009C02}" );
|
|
|
</pre>
|
|
|
|
|
|
The second fastest way is to use the registered control's class
|
|
|
name (with or without version number), e.g.
|
|
|
<pre>
|
|
|
ctrl-&gt;setControl( "MSCal.Calendar" );
|
|
|
</pre>
|
|
|
|
|
|
The slowest, but easiest way to use is to use the control's full
|
|
|
name, e.g.
|
|
|
<pre>
|
|
|
ctrl-&gt;setControl( "Calendar Control 9.0" );
|
|
|
</pre>
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p> If the component's UUID is used the following patterns can be used
|
|
|
to initialize the control on a remote machine, to initialize a
|
|
|
licensed control or to connect to a running object:
|
|
|
<ul>
|
|
|
<li> To initialize the control on a different machine use the following
|
|
|
pattern:
|
|
|
<pre>
|
|
|
&lt;domain/username&gt;:&lt;password&gt;@server/{8E27C92B-1264-101C-8A2F-040224009C02}
|
|
|
</pre>
|
|
|
|
|
|
<li> To initialize a licensed control use the following pattern:
|
|
|
<pre>
|
|
|
{8E27C92B-1264-101C-8A2F-040224009C02}:&lt;LicenseKey&gt;
|
|
|
</pre>
|
|
|
|
|
|
<li> To connect to an already running object use the following pattern:
|
|
|
<pre>
|
|
|
{8E27C92B-1264-101C-8A2F-040224009C02}&amp;
|
|
|
</pre>
|
|
|
|
|
|
</ul>
|
|
|
The first two patterns can be combined, e.g. to initialize a licensed
|
|
|
control on a remote machine:
|
|
|
<pre>
|
|
|
ctrl-&gt;setControl("DOMAIN/user:password@server/{8E27C92B-1264-101C-8A2F-040224009C02}:LicenseKey");
|
|
|
</pre>
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p> The control's read function always returns the control's UUID, if provided including the license
|
|
|
key, and the name of the server, but not including the username, the domain or the password.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="qaxbase.html#setControl">setControl</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="qaxbase.html#control">control</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QButton::accel</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqbutton.html#accel-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the accelerator associated with the button.
|
|
|
<p>This property is 0 if there is no accelerator set. If you set this
|
|
|
property to 0 then any current accelerator is removed.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqbutton.html#setAccel">setAccel</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqbutton.html#accel">accel</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QButton::autoRepeat</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqbutton.html#autoRepeat-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds whether autoRepeat is enabled.
|
|
|
<p>If autoRepeat is enabled then the <a href="ntqbutton.html#clicked">clicked</a>() signal is emitted at
|
|
|
regular intervals if the button is down. This property has no
|
|
|
effect on toggle buttons. autoRepeat is off by default.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqbutton.html#setAutoRepeat">setAutoRepeat</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqbutton.html#autoRepeat">autoRepeat</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QButton::down</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqbutton.html#down-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds whether the button is pressed.
|
|
|
<p>If this property is TRUE, the button is pressed down. The signals
|
|
|
<a href="ntqbutton.html#pressed">pressed</a>() and <a href="ntqbutton.html#clicked">clicked</a>() are not emitted if you set this property
|
|
|
to TRUE. The default is FALSE.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqbutton.html#setDown">setDown</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqbutton.html#isDown">isDown</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QButton::exclusiveToggle</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqbutton.html#exclusiveToggle-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds whether the button is an exclusive toggle.
|
|
|
<p>If this property is TRUE and the button is in a <a href="ntqbuttongroup.html">QButtonGroup</a>, the
|
|
|
button can only be toggled off by another one being toggled on.
|
|
|
The default is FALSE.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Get this property's value with <a href="ntqbutton.html#isExclusiveToggle">isExclusiveToggle</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QButton::on</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqbutton.html#on-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds whether the button is toggled.
|
|
|
<p>This property should only be set for toggle buttons.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Get this property's value with <a href="ntqbutton.html#isOn">isOn</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QButton::pixmap</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqbutton.html#pixmap-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the pixmap shown on the button.
|
|
|
<p>If the pixmap is monochrome (i.e. it is a <a href="ntqbitmap.html">QBitmap</a> or its <a href="ntqpixmap.html#depth">depth</a> is 1) and it does not have a mask,
|
|
|
this property will set the pixmap to be its own mask. The purpose
|
|
|
of this is to draw transparent bitmaps which are important for
|
|
|
toggle buttons, for example.
|
|
|
<p> <a href="ntqbutton.html#pixmap">pixmap</a>() returns 0 if no pixmap was set.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqbutton.html#setPixmap">setPixmap</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqbutton.html#pixmap">pixmap</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QButton::text</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqbutton.html#text-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the text shown on the button.
|
|
|
<p>This property will return a <a href="ntqstring.html#TQString-null">TQString::null</a> if the button has no
|
|
|
text. If the text has an ampersand (&amp;) in it, then an
|
|
|
accelerator is automatically created for it using the character
|
|
|
that follows the '&amp;' as the accelerator key. Any previous
|
|
|
accelerator will be overwritten, or cleared if no accelerator is
|
|
|
defined by the text.
|
|
|
<p> There is no default text.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqbutton.html#setText">setText</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqbutton.html#text">text</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QButton::toggleButton</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqbutton.html#toggleButton-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds whether the button is a toggle button.
|
|
|
<p>The default value is FALSE.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Get this property's value with <a href="ntqbutton.html#isToggleButton">isToggleButton</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QButton::toggleState</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqbutton.html#toggleState-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the state of the toggle button.
|
|
|
<p>If this property is changed then it does not cause the button
|
|
|
to be repainted.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Get this property's value with <a href="ntqbutton.html#state">state</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QButton::toggleType</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqbutton.html#toggleType-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the type of toggle on the button.
|
|
|
<p>The default toggle type is <a href="ntqbutton.html#ToggleType-enum">SingleShot</a>.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="ntqbutton.html#ToggleType-enum">QButton::ToggleType</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Get this property's value with <a href="ntqbutton.html#toggleType">toggleType</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QButtonGroup::exclusive</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqbuttongroup.html#exclusive-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds whether the button group is exclusive.
|
|
|
<p>If this property is TRUE, then the buttons in the group are
|
|
|
toggled, and to untoggle a button you must click on another button
|
|
|
in the group. The default value is FALSE.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqbuttongroup.html#setExclusive">setExclusive</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqbuttongroup.html#isExclusive">isExclusive</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QButtonGroup::radioButtonExclusive</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqbuttongroup.html#radioButtonExclusive-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds whether the radio buttons in the group are exclusive.
|
|
|
<p>If this property is TRUE (the default), the <a href="ntqradiobutton.html">radiobuttons</a> in the group are treated exclusively.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqbuttongroup.html#setRadioButtonExclusive">setRadioButtonExclusive</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqbuttongroup.html#isRadioButtonExclusive">isRadioButtonExclusive</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QButtonGroup::selectedId</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqbuttongroup.html#selectedId-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the selected toggle button.
|
|
|
<p>The toggle button is specified as an ID.
|
|
|
<p> If no toggle button is selected, this property holds -1.
|
|
|
<p> If <a href="ntqbuttongroup.html#setButton">setButton</a>() is called on an exclusive group, the button with
|
|
|
the given id will be set to on and all the others will be set to
|
|
|
off.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="ntqbuttongroup.html#selected">selected</a>().
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqbuttongroup.html#setButton">setButton</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqbuttongroup.html#selectedId">selectedId</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QCheckBox::checked</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqcheckbox.html#checked-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds whether the checkbox is checked.
|
|
|
<p>The default is unchecked, i.e. FALSE.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqcheckbox.html#setChecked">setChecked</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqcheckbox.html#isChecked">isChecked</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QCheckBox::tristate</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqcheckbox.html#tristate-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds whether the checkbox is a tri-state checkbox.
|
|
|
<p>The default is two-state, i.e. tri-state is FALSE.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqcheckbox.html#setTristate">setTristate</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqcheckbox.html#isTristate">isTristate</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QComboBox::autoCompletion</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqcombobox.html#autoCompletion-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds whether auto-completion is enabled.
|
|
|
<p>This property can only be set for editable comboboxes, for
|
|
|
non-editable comboboxes it has no effect. It is FALSE by default.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqcombobox.html#setAutoCompletion">setAutoCompletion</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqcombobox.html#autoCompletion">autoCompletion</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QComboBox::autoResize</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqcombobox.html#autoResize-prop"> <p>This property holds whether auto resize is enabled.
|
|
|
<p><b>This property is obsolete.</b> It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code.
|
|
|
<p> If this property is set to TRUE then the combobox will resize itself
|
|
|
whenever its contents change. The default is FALSE.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqcombobox.html#setAutoResize">setAutoResize</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqcombobox.html#autoResize">autoResize</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QComboBox::count</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqcombobox.html#count-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the number of items in the combobox.
|
|
|
<p>
|
|
|
<p>Get this property's value with <a href="ntqcombobox.html#count">count</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QComboBox::currentItem</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqcombobox.html#currentItem-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the index of the current item in the combobox.
|
|
|
<p>Note that the <a href="ntqcombobox.html#activated">activated</a>() and <a href="ntqcombobox.html#highlighted">highlighted</a>() signals are only
|
|
|
emitted when the user changes the current item, not when it is
|
|
|
changed programmatically.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqcombobox.html#setCurrentItem">setCurrentItem</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqcombobox.html#currentItem">currentItem</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QComboBox::currentText</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqcombobox.html#currentText-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the text of the combobox's current item.
|
|
|
<p>
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqcombobox.html#setCurrentText">setCurrentText</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqcombobox.html#currentText">currentText</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QComboBox::duplicatesEnabled</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqcombobox.html#duplicatesEnabled-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds whether duplicates are allowed.
|
|
|
<p>If the combobox is editable and the user enters some text in the
|
|
|
combobox's lineedit and presses Enter (and the <a href="ntqcombobox.html#insertionPolicy">insertionPolicy</a>()
|
|
|
is not <a href="ntqcombobox.html#Policy-enum">NoInsertion</a>), then what happens is this:
|
|
|
<ul>
|
|
|
<li> If the text is not already in the list, the text is inserted.
|
|
|
<li> If the text is in the list and this property is TRUE (the
|
|
|
default), the text is inserted.
|
|
|
<li> If the text is in the list and this property is FALSE, the text
|
|
|
is <em>not</em> inserted; instead the item which has matching text becomes
|
|
|
the current item.
|
|
|
</ul>
|
|
|
<p> This property only affects user-interaction. You can use
|
|
|
<a href="ntqcombobox.html#insertItem">insertItem</a>() to insert duplicates if you wish regardless of this
|
|
|
setting.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqcombobox.html#setDuplicatesEnabled">setDuplicatesEnabled</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqcombobox.html#duplicatesEnabled">duplicatesEnabled</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QComboBox::editable</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqcombobox.html#editable-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds whether the combobox is editable.
|
|
|
<p>This property's default is FALSE. Note that the combobox will be
|
|
|
cleared if this property is set to TRUE for a 1.x <a href="motif-extension.html#Motif">Motif</a> style
|
|
|
combobox. To avoid this, use <a href="ntqcombobox.html#setEditable">setEditable</a>() before inserting any
|
|
|
items. Also note that the 1.x version of Motif didn't have any
|
|
|
editable comboboxes, so the combobox will change it's appearance
|
|
|
to a 2.0 style Motif combobox is it is set to be editable.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqcombobox.html#setEditable">setEditable</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqcombobox.html#editable">editable</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QComboBox::insertionPolicy</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqcombobox.html#insertionPolicy-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the position of the items inserted by the user.
|
|
|
<p>The default insertion policy is <a href="ntqcombobox.html#Policy-enum">AtBottom</a>. See <a href="ntqcombobox.html#Policy-enum">Policy</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqcombobox.html#setInsertionPolicy">setInsertionPolicy</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqcombobox.html#insertionPolicy">insertionPolicy</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QComboBox::maxCount</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqcombobox.html#maxCount-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the maximum number of items allowed in the combobox.
|
|
|
<p>
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqcombobox.html#setMaxCount">setMaxCount</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqcombobox.html#maxCount">maxCount</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QComboBox::sizeLimit</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqcombobox.html#sizeLimit-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the maximum on-screen size of the combobox.
|
|
|
<p>This property is ignored for both <a href="motif-extension.html#Motif">Motif</a> 1.x style and non-editable
|
|
|
comboboxes in Mac style. The default limit is ten
|
|
|
lines. If the number of items in the combobox is or grows larger
|
|
|
than lines, a scrollbar is added.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqcombobox.html#setSizeLimit">setSizeLimit</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqcombobox.html#sizeLimit">sizeLimit</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>TQDataBrowser::autoEdit</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="tqdatabrowser.html#autoEdit-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds whether the browser automatically applies edits.
|
|
|
<p>The default value for this property is TRUE. When the user begins
|
|
|
an insertion or an update on a form there are two possible
|
|
|
outcomes when they navigate to another record:
|
|
|
<p> <ul>
|
|
|
<li> the insert or update is is performed -- this occurs if autoEdit is TRUE
|
|
|
<li> the insert or update is discarded -- this occurs if autoEdit is FALSE
|
|
|
</ul>
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="tqdatabrowser.html#setAutoEdit">setAutoEdit</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="tqdatabrowser.html#autoEdit">autoEdit</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>TQDataBrowser::boundaryChecking</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="tqdatabrowser.html#boundaryChecking-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds whether boundary checking is active.
|
|
|
<p>When boundary checking is active (the default), signals are
|
|
|
emitted indicating the current position of the default cursor.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="tqdatabrowser.html#boundary">boundary</a>().
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="tqdatabrowser.html#setBoundaryChecking">setBoundaryChecking</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="tqdatabrowser.html#boundaryChecking">boundaryChecking</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>TQDataBrowser::confirmCancels</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="tqdatabrowser.html#confirmCancels-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds whether the browser confirms cancel operations.
|
|
|
<p>If this property is TRUE, all cancels must be confirmed by the
|
|
|
user through a message box (this behavior can be changed by
|
|
|
overriding the <a href="tqdatabrowser.html#confirmCancel">confirmCancel</a>() function), otherwise all cancels
|
|
|
occur immediately. The default is FALSE.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="tqdatabrowser.html#confirmEdits-prop">confirmEdits</a> and <a href="tqdatabrowser.html#confirmCancel">confirmCancel</a>().
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="tqdatabrowser.html#setConfirmCancels">setConfirmCancels</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="tqdatabrowser.html#confirmCancels">confirmCancels</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>TQDataBrowser::confirmDelete</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="tqdatabrowser.html#confirmDelete-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds whether the browser confirms deletions.
|
|
|
<p>If this property is TRUE, the browser confirms deletions,
|
|
|
otherwise deletions happen immediately.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="tqdatabrowser.html#confirmCancels-prop">confirmCancels</a>, <a href="tqdatabrowser.html#confirmEdits-prop">confirmEdits</a>, <a href="tqdatabrowser.html#confirmUpdate-prop">confirmUpdate</a>, <a href="tqdatabrowser.html#confirmInsert-prop">confirmInsert</a>, and <a href="tqdatabrowser.html#confirmEdit">confirmEdit</a>().
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="tqdatabrowser.html#setConfirmDelete">setConfirmDelete</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="tqdatabrowser.html#confirmDelete">confirmDelete</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>TQDataBrowser::confirmEdits</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="tqdatabrowser.html#confirmEdits-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds whether the browser confirms edits.
|
|
|
<p>If this property is TRUE, the browser confirms all edit operations
|
|
|
(insertions, updates and deletions), otherwise all edit operations
|
|
|
happen immediately. Confirmation is achieved by presenting the
|
|
|
user with a message box -- this behavior can be changed by
|
|
|
reimplementing the <a href="tqdatabrowser.html#confirmEdit">confirmEdit</a>() function,
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="tqdatabrowser.html#confirmEdit">confirmEdit</a>(), <a href="tqdatabrowser.html#confirmCancels-prop">confirmCancels</a>, <a href="tqdatabrowser.html#confirmInsert-prop">confirmInsert</a>, <a href="tqdatabrowser.html#confirmUpdate-prop">confirmUpdate</a>, and <a href="tqdatabrowser.html#confirmDelete-prop">confirmDelete</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="tqdatabrowser.html#setConfirmEdits">setConfirmEdits</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="tqdatabrowser.html#confirmEdits">confirmEdits</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>TQDataBrowser::confirmInsert</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="tqdatabrowser.html#confirmInsert-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds whether the data browser confirms insertions.
|
|
|
<p>If this property is TRUE, the browser confirms insertions,
|
|
|
otherwise insertions happen immediately.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="tqdatabrowser.html#confirmCancels-prop">confirmCancels</a>, <a href="tqdatabrowser.html#confirmEdits-prop">confirmEdits</a>, <a href="tqdatabrowser.html#confirmUpdate-prop">confirmUpdate</a>, <a href="tqdatabrowser.html#confirmDelete-prop">confirmDelete</a>, and <a href="tqdatabrowser.html#confirmEdit">confirmEdit</a>().
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="tqdatabrowser.html#setConfirmInsert">setConfirmInsert</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="tqdatabrowser.html#confirmInsert">confirmInsert</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>TQDataBrowser::confirmUpdate</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="tqdatabrowser.html#confirmUpdate-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds whether the browser confirms updates.
|
|
|
<p>If this property is TRUE, the browser confirms updates, otherwise
|
|
|
updates happen immediately.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="tqdatabrowser.html#confirmCancels-prop">confirmCancels</a>, <a href="tqdatabrowser.html#confirmEdits-prop">confirmEdits</a>, <a href="tqdatabrowser.html#confirmInsert-prop">confirmInsert</a>, <a href="tqdatabrowser.html#confirmDelete-prop">confirmDelete</a>, and <a href="tqdatabrowser.html#confirmEdit">confirmEdit</a>().
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="tqdatabrowser.html#setConfirmUpdate">setConfirmUpdate</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="tqdatabrowser.html#confirmUpdate">confirmUpdate</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>TQDataBrowser::filter</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="tqdatabrowser.html#filter-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the data browser's filter.
|
|
|
<p>The filter applies to the data shown in the browser. Call
|
|
|
<a href="tqdatabrowser.html#refresh">refresh</a>() to apply the new filter. A filter is a string containing
|
|
|
a SQL WHERE clause without the WHERE keyword, e.g. "id>1000",
|
|
|
"name LIKE 'A%'", etc.
|
|
|
<p> There is no default filter.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="tqdatabrowser.html#sort-prop">sort</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="tqdatabrowser.html#setFilter">setFilter</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="tqdatabrowser.html#filter">filter</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>TQDataBrowser::readOnly</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="tqdatabrowser.html#readOnly-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds whether the browser is read-only.
|
|
|
<p>The default is FALSE, i.e. data can be edited. If the data browser
|
|
|
is read-only, no database edits will be allowed.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="tqdatabrowser.html#setReadOnly">setReadOnly</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="tqdatabrowser.html#isReadOnly">isReadOnly</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>TQDataBrowser::sort</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="tqdatabrowser.html#sort-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the data browser's sort.
|
|
|
<p>The data browser's sort affects the order in which records are
|
|
|
viewed in the browser. Call <a href="tqdatabrowser.html#refresh">refresh</a>() to apply the new sort.
|
|
|
<p> When retrieving the sort property, a string list is returned in
|
|
|
the form 'fieldname order', e.g. 'id ASC', 'surname DESC'.
|
|
|
<p> There is no default sort.
|
|
|
<p> Note that if you want to iterate over the list, you should iterate
|
|
|
over a copy, e.g.
|
|
|
<pre>
|
|
|
<a href="ntqstringlist.html">QStringList</a> list = myDataBrowser.sort();
|
|
|
QStringList::Iterator it = list.<a href="tqvaluelist.html#begin">begin</a>();
|
|
|
while( it != list.<a href="tqvaluelist.html#end">end</a>() ) {
|
|
|
myProcessing( *it );
|
|
|
++it;
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
</pre>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="tqdatabrowser.html#setSort">setSort</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="tqdatabrowser.html#sort">sort</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>TQDataTable::autoEdit</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="tqdatatable.html#autoEdit-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds whether the data table automatically applies edits.
|
|
|
<p>The default value for this property is TRUE. When the user begins
|
|
|
an insert or update in the table there are two possible outcomes
|
|
|
when they navigate to another record:
|
|
|
<p> <ol type=1>
|
|
|
<li> the insert or update is is performed -- this occurs if autoEdit is TRUE
|
|
|
<li> the insert or update is abandoned -- this occurs if autoEdit is FALSE
|
|
|
</ol>
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="tqdatatable.html#setAutoEdit">setAutoEdit</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="tqdatatable.html#autoEdit">autoEdit</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>TQDataTable::confirmCancels</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="tqdatatable.html#confirmCancels-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds whether the data table confirms cancel operations.
|
|
|
<p>If the confirmCancel property is TRUE, all cancels must be
|
|
|
confirmed by the user through a message box (this behavior can be
|
|
|
changed by overriding the <a href="tqdatatable.html#confirmCancel">confirmCancel</a>() function), otherwise all
|
|
|
cancels occur immediately. The default is FALSE.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="tqdatatable.html#confirmEdits-prop">confirmEdits</a> and <a href="tqdatatable.html#confirmCancel">confirmCancel</a>().
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="tqdatatable.html#setConfirmCancels">setConfirmCancels</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="tqdatatable.html#confirmCancels">confirmCancels</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>TQDataTable::confirmDelete</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="tqdatatable.html#confirmDelete-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds whether the data table confirms delete operations.
|
|
|
<p>If the confirmDelete property is TRUE, all deletions must be
|
|
|
confirmed by the user through a message box (this behaviour can be
|
|
|
changed by overriding the <a href="tqdatatable.html#confirmEdit">confirmEdit</a>() function), otherwise all
|
|
|
delete operations occur immediately.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="tqdatatable.html#confirmCancels-prop">confirmCancels</a>, <a href="tqdatatable.html#confirmEdits-prop">confirmEdits</a>, <a href="tqdatatable.html#confirmUpdate-prop">confirmUpdate</a>, and <a href="tqdatatable.html#confirmInsert-prop">confirmInsert</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="tqdatatable.html#setConfirmDelete">setConfirmDelete</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="tqdatatable.html#confirmDelete">confirmDelete</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>TQDataTable::confirmEdits</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="tqdatatable.html#confirmEdits-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds whether the data table confirms edit operations.
|
|
|
<p>If the confirmEdits property is TRUE, the data table confirms all
|
|
|
edit operations (inserts, updates and deletes). Finer control of
|
|
|
edit confirmation can be achieved using <a href="tqdatatable.html#confirmCancels-prop">confirmCancels</a>, <a href="tqdatatable.html#confirmInsert-prop">confirmInsert</a>, <a href="tqdatatable.html#confirmUpdate-prop">confirmUpdate</a> and <a href="tqdatatable.html#confirmDelete-prop">confirmDelete</a>.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="tqdatatable.html#confirmCancels-prop">confirmCancels</a>, <a href="tqdatatable.html#confirmInsert-prop">confirmInsert</a>, <a href="tqdatatable.html#confirmUpdate-prop">confirmUpdate</a>, and <a href="tqdatatable.html#confirmDelete-prop">confirmDelete</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="tqdatatable.html#setConfirmEdits">setConfirmEdits</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="tqdatatable.html#confirmEdits">confirmEdits</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>TQDataTable::confirmInsert</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="tqdatatable.html#confirmInsert-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds whether the data table confirms insert operations.
|
|
|
<p>If the confirmInsert property is TRUE, all insertions must be
|
|
|
confirmed by the user through a message box (this behaviour can be
|
|
|
changed by overriding the <a href="tqdatatable.html#confirmEdit">confirmEdit</a>() function), otherwise all
|
|
|
insert operations occur immediately.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="tqdatatable.html#confirmCancels-prop">confirmCancels</a>, <a href="tqdatatable.html#confirmEdits-prop">confirmEdits</a>, <a href="tqdatatable.html#confirmUpdate-prop">confirmUpdate</a>, and <a href="tqdatatable.html#confirmDelete-prop">confirmDelete</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="tqdatatable.html#setConfirmInsert">setConfirmInsert</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="tqdatatable.html#confirmInsert">confirmInsert</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>TQDataTable::confirmUpdate</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="tqdatatable.html#confirmUpdate-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds whether the data table confirms update operations.
|
|
|
<p>If the confirmUpdate property is TRUE, all updates must be
|
|
|
confirmed by the user through a message box (this behaviour can be
|
|
|
changed by overriding the <a href="tqdatatable.html#confirmEdit">confirmEdit</a>() function), otherwise all
|
|
|
update operations occur immediately.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="tqdatatable.html#confirmCancels-prop">confirmCancels</a>, <a href="tqdatatable.html#confirmEdits-prop">confirmEdits</a>, <a href="tqdatatable.html#confirmInsert-prop">confirmInsert</a>, and <a href="tqdatatable.html#confirmDelete-prop">confirmDelete</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="tqdatatable.html#setConfirmUpdate">setConfirmUpdate</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="tqdatatable.html#confirmUpdate">confirmUpdate</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>TQDataTable::dateFormat</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="tqdatatable.html#dateFormat-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the format used for displaying date/time values.
|
|
|
<p>The dateFormat property is used for displaying date/time values in
|
|
|
the table. The default value is <a href="ntqt.html#DateFormat-enum">TQt::LocalDate</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="tqdatatable.html#setDateFormat">setDateFormat</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="tqdatatable.html#dateFormat">dateFormat</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>TQDataTable::falseText</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="tqdatatable.html#falseText-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the text used to represent false values.
|
|
|
<p>The falseText property will be used to represent NULL values in
|
|
|
the table. The default value is "False".
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="tqdatatable.html#setFalseText">setFalseText</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="tqdatatable.html#falseText">falseText</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>TQDataTable::filter</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="tqdatatable.html#filter-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the data filter for the data table.
|
|
|
<p>The filter applies to the data shown in the table. To view data
|
|
|
with a new filter, use <a href="tqdatatable.html#refresh">refresh</a>(). A filter string is an SQL WHERE
|
|
|
clause without the WHERE keyword.
|
|
|
<p> There is no default filter.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="tqdatatable.html#sort-prop">sort</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="tqdatatable.html#setFilter">setFilter</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="tqdatatable.html#filter">filter</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>TQDataTable::nullText</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="tqdatatable.html#nullText-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the text used to represent NULL values.
|
|
|
<p>The nullText property will be used to represent NULL values in the
|
|
|
table. The default value is provided by the cursor's driver.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="tqdatatable.html#setNullText">setNullText</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="tqdatatable.html#nullText">nullText</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>TQDataTable::numCols</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="tqdatatable.html#numCols-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the number of columns in the table.
|
|
|
<p>
|
|
|
<p>Get this property's value with <a href="tqdatatable.html#numCols">numCols</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>TQDataTable::numRows</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="tqdatatable.html#numRows-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the number of rows in the table.
|
|
|
<p>
|
|
|
<p>Get this property's value with <a href="tqdatatable.html#numRows">numRows</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>TQDataTable::sort</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="tqdatatable.html#sort-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the data table's sort.
|
|
|
<p>The table's sort affects the order in which data records are
|
|
|
displayed in the table. To apply a sort, use <a href="tqdatatable.html#refresh">refresh</a>().
|
|
|
<p> When examining the sort property, a string list is returned with
|
|
|
each item having the form 'fieldname order' (e.g., 'id ASC',
|
|
|
'surname DESC').
|
|
|
<p> There is no default sort.
|
|
|
<p> Note that if you want to iterate over the sort list, you should
|
|
|
iterate over a copy, e.g.
|
|
|
<pre>
|
|
|
<a href="ntqstringlist.html">QStringList</a> list = myDataTable.sort();
|
|
|
QStringList::Iterator it = list.<a href="tqvaluelist.html#begin">begin</a>();
|
|
|
while( it != list.<a href="tqvaluelist.html#end">end</a>() ) {
|
|
|
myProcessing( *it );
|
|
|
++it;
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
</pre>
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="tqdatatable.html#filter-prop">filter</a> and <a href="tqdatatable.html#refresh">refresh</a>().
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="tqdatatable.html#setSort">setSort</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="tqdatatable.html#sort">sort</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>TQDataTable::trueText</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="tqdatatable.html#trueText-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the text used to represent true values.
|
|
|
<p>The trueText property will be used to represent NULL values in the
|
|
|
table. The default value is "True".
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="tqdatatable.html#setTrueText">setTrueText</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="tqdatatable.html#trueText">trueText</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QDateEdit::autoAdvance</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="qdateedit.html#autoAdvance-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds whether the editor automatically advances to the next section.
|
|
|
<p>If autoAdvance is TRUE, the editor will automatically advance
|
|
|
focus to the next date section if a user has completed a section.
|
|
|
The default is FALSE.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="qdateedit.html#setAutoAdvance">setAutoAdvance</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="qdateedit.html#autoAdvance">autoAdvance</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QDateEdit::date</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="qdateedit.html#date-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the editor's date value.
|
|
|
<p>If the date property is not valid, the editor displays all zeroes
|
|
|
and <a href="qdateedit.html#date">QDateEdit::date</a>() will return an invalid date. It is strongly
|
|
|
recommended that the editor is given a default date value (e.g.
|
|
|
currentDate()). That way, attempts to set the date property to an
|
|
|
invalid date will fail.
|
|
|
<p> When changing the date property, if the date is less than
|
|
|
<a href="qdateedit.html#minValue">minValue</a>(), or is greater than <a href="qdateedit.html#maxValue">maxValue</a>(), nothing happens.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="qdateedit.html#setDate">setDate</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="qdateedit.html#date">date</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QDateEdit::maxValue</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="qdateedit.html#maxValue-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the editor's maximum value.
|
|
|
<p>Setting the maximum date value for the editor is equivalent to
|
|
|
calling <a href="qdateedit.html#setRange">QDateEdit::setRange</a>( <a href="qdateedit.html#minValue">minValue</a>(), <em>d</em> ), where <em>d</em> is the
|
|
|
maximum date. The default maximum date is 8000-12-31.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="qdateedit.html#minValue-prop">minValue</a> and <a href="qdateedit.html#setRange">setRange</a>().
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="qdateedit.html#setMaxValue">setMaxValue</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="qdateedit.html#maxValue">maxValue</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QDateEdit::minValue</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="qdateedit.html#minValue-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the editor's minimum value.
|
|
|
<p>Setting the minimum date value is equivalent to calling
|
|
|
<a href="qdateedit.html#setRange">QDateEdit::setRange</a>( <em>d</em>, <a href="qdateedit.html#maxValue">maxValue</a>() ), where <em>d</em> is the minimum
|
|
|
date. The default minimum date is 1752-09-14.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="qdateedit.html#maxValue-prop">maxValue</a> and <a href="qdateedit.html#setRange">setRange</a>().
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="qdateedit.html#setMinValue">setMinValue</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="qdateedit.html#minValue">minValue</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QDateEdit::order</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="qdateedit.html#order-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the order in which the year, month and day appear.
|
|
|
<p>The default order is locale dependent.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="qdateedit.html#Order-enum">Order</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="qdateedit.html#setOrder">setOrder</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="qdateedit.html#order">order</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QDateTimeEdit::dateTime</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqdatetimeedit.html#dateTime-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the editor's datetime value.
|
|
|
<p>The datetime edit's datetime which may be an invalid datetime.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqdatetimeedit.html#setDateTime">setDateTime</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqdatetimeedit.html#dateTime">dateTime</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QDial::lineStep</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqdial.html#lineStep-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the current line step.
|
|
|
<p>setLineStep() calls the virtual <a href="ntqrangecontrol.html#stepChange">stepChange</a>() function if the new
|
|
|
line step is different from the previous setting.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="ntqrangecontrol.html#setSteps">QRangeControl::setSteps</a>(), <a href="ntqdial.html#pageStep-prop">pageStep</a>, and <a href="ntqrangecontrol.html#setRange">setRange</a>().
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqdial.html#setLineStep">setLineStep</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqdial.html#lineStep">lineStep</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QDial::maxValue</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqdial.html#maxValue-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the current maximum value.
|
|
|
<p>When setting this property, the <a href="ntqdial.html#minValue-prop">QDial::minValue</a> is adjusted if
|
|
|
necessary to ensure that the range remains valid.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="ntqrangecontrol.html#setRange">setRange</a>().
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqdial.html#setMaxValue">setMaxValue</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqdial.html#maxValue">maxValue</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QDial::minValue</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqdial.html#minValue-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the current minimum value.
|
|
|
<p>When setting this property, the <a href="ntqdial.html#maxValue-prop">QDial::maxValue</a> is adjusted if
|
|
|
necessary to ensure that the range remains valid.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="ntqrangecontrol.html#setRange">setRange</a>().
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqdial.html#setMinValue">setMinValue</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqdial.html#minValue">minValue</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QDial::notchSize</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqdial.html#notchSize-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the current notch size.
|
|
|
<p>The notch size is in range control units, not pixels, and if
|
|
|
possible it is a multiple of <a href="ntqdial.html#lineStep">lineStep</a>() that results in an
|
|
|
on-screen notch size near <a href="ntqdial.html#notchTarget">notchTarget</a>().
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="ntqdial.html#notchTarget-prop">notchTarget</a> and <a href="ntqdial.html#lineStep-prop">lineStep</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Get this property's value with <a href="ntqdial.html#notchSize">notchSize</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QDial::notchTarget</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqdial.html#notchTarget-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the target number of pixels between notches.
|
|
|
<p>The notch target is the number of pixels QDial attempts to put
|
|
|
between each notch.
|
|
|
<p> The actual size may differ from the target size.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqdial.html#setNotchTarget">setNotchTarget</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqdial.html#notchTarget">notchTarget</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QDial::notchesVisible</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqdial.html#notchesVisible-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds whether the notches are shown.
|
|
|
<p>If TRUE, the notches are shown. If FALSE (the default) notches are
|
|
|
not shown.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqdial.html#setNotchesVisible">setNotchesVisible</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqdial.html#notchesVisible">notchesVisible</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QDial::pageStep</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqdial.html#pageStep-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the current page step.
|
|
|
<p>setPageStep() calls the virtual <a href="ntqrangecontrol.html#stepChange">stepChange</a>() function if the new
|
|
|
page step is different from the previous setting.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="ntqrangecontrol.html#stepChange">stepChange</a>().
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqdial.html#setPageStep">setPageStep</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqdial.html#pageStep">pageStep</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QDial::tracking</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqdial.html#tracking-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds whether tracking is enabled.
|
|
|
<p>If TRUE (the default), tracking is enabled. This means that the
|
|
|
arrow can be moved using the mouse; otherwise the arrow cannot be
|
|
|
moved with the mouse.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqdial.html#setTracking">setTracking</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqdial.html#tracking">tracking</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QDial::value</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqdial.html#value-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the current dial value.
|
|
|
<p>This is guaranteed to be within the range
|
|
|
<a href="ntqdial.html#minValue-prop">QDial::minValue</a>..<a href="ntqdial.html#maxValue-prop">QDial::maxValue</a>.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="ntqdial.html#minValue-prop">minValue</a> and <a href="ntqdial.html#maxValue-prop">maxValue</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqdial.html#setValue">setValue</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqdial.html#value">value</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QDial::wrapping</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqdial.html#wrapping-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds whether wrapping is enabled.
|
|
|
<p>If TRUE, wrapping is enabled. This means that the arrow can be
|
|
|
turned around 360<36>. Otherwise there is some space at the bottom of
|
|
|
the dial which is skipped by the arrow.
|
|
|
<p> This property's default is FALSE.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqdial.html#setWrapping">setWrapping</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqdial.html#wrapping">wrapping</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QDialog::modal</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqdialog.html#modal-prop"> <p>This property holds whether <a href="ntqdialog.html#show">show</a>() should pop up the dialog as modal or modeless.
|
|
|
<p>By default, this property is false and show() pops up the dialog as
|
|
|
modeless.
|
|
|
<p> <a href="ntqdialog.html#exec">exec</a>() ignores the value of this property and always pops up the
|
|
|
dialog as modal.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="ntqdialog.html#show">show</a>() and <a href="ntqdialog.html#exec">exec</a>().
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqdialog.html#setModal">setModal</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqdialog.html#isModal">isModal</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QDialog::sizeGripEnabled</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqdialog.html#sizeGripEnabled-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds whether the size grip is enabled.
|
|
|
<p>A <a href="ntqsizegrip.html">QSizeGrip</a> is placed in the bottom right corner of the dialog when this
|
|
|
property is enabled. By default, the size grip is disabled.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqdialog.html#setSizeGripEnabled">setSizeGripEnabled</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqdialog.html#isSizeGripEnabled">isSizeGripEnabled</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QDockArea::count</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqdockarea.html#count-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the number of dock windows in the dock area.
|
|
|
<p>
|
|
|
<p>Get this property's value with <a href="ntqdockarea.html#count">count</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QDockArea::empty</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqdockarea.html#empty-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds whether the dock area is empty.
|
|
|
<p>
|
|
|
<p>Get this property's value with <a href="ntqdockarea.html#isEmpty">isEmpty</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QDockArea::handlePosition</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqdockarea.html#handlePosition-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds where the dock window splitter handle is placed in the dock area.
|
|
|
<p>The default position is <a href="ntqdockarea.html#HandlePosition-enum">Normal</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Get this property's value with <a href="ntqdockarea.html#handlePosition">handlePosition</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QDockArea::orientation</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqdockarea.html#orientation-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the dock area's orientation.
|
|
|
<p>There is no default value; the orientation is specified in the
|
|
|
constructor.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Get this property's value with <a href="ntqdockarea.html#orientation">orientation</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QDockWindow::closeMode</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqdockwindow.html#closeMode-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the close mode of a dock window.
|
|
|
<p>Defines when (if ever) the dock window has a close button. The
|
|
|
choices are <a href="ntqdockwindow.html#CloseMode-enum">Never</a>, <a href="ntqdockwindow.html#CloseMode-enum">Docked</a> (i.e. only when docked), <a href="ntqdockwindow.html#CloseMode-enum">Undocked</a> (only when undocked, i.e. floated) or <a href="ntqdockwindow.html#CloseMode-enum">Always</a>.
|
|
|
<p> The default is <a href="ntqdockwindow.html#CloseMode-enum">Never</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqdockwindow.html#setCloseMode">setCloseMode</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqdockwindow.html#closeMode">closeMode</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QDockWindow::horizontallyStretchable</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqdockwindow.html#horizontallyStretchable-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds whether the dock window is horizontally stretchable.
|
|
|
<p>A dock window is horizontally stretchable if you call
|
|
|
<a href="ntqdockwindow.html#setHorizontallyStretchable">setHorizontallyStretchable</a>(TRUE) or <a href="ntqdockwindow.html#setResizeEnabled">setResizeEnabled</a>(TRUE).
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="ntqdockwindow.html#resizeEnabled-prop">resizeEnabled</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Bugs and limitations:
|
|
|
<ul>
|
|
|
<li> Strecthability is broken. You must call setResizeEnabled(TRUE) to get
|
|
|
proper behavior and even then QDockWindow does not limit stretchablilty.
|
|
|
</ul>
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqdockwindow.html#setHorizontallyStretchable">setHorizontallyStretchable</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqdockwindow.html#isHorizontallyStretchable">isHorizontallyStretchable</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QDockWindow::movingEnabled</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqdockwindow.html#movingEnabled-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds whether the user can move the dock window within the dock area, move the dock window to another dock area, or float the dock window.
|
|
|
<p>This property is TRUE by default.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqdockwindow.html#setMovingEnabled">setMovingEnabled</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqdockwindow.html#isMovingEnabled">isMovingEnabled</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QDockWindow::newLine</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqdockwindow.html#newLine-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds whether the dock window prefers to start a new line in the dock area.
|
|
|
<p>The default is FALSE, i.e. the dock window doesn't require a new
|
|
|
line in the dock area.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqdockwindow.html#setNewLine">setNewLine</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqdockwindow.html#newLine">newLine</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QDockWindow::offset</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqdockwindow.html#offset-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the dock window's preferred offset from the dock area's left edge (top edge for vertical dock areas).
|
|
|
<p>The default is 0.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqdockwindow.html#setOffset">setOffset</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqdockwindow.html#offset">offset</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QDockWindow::opaqueMoving</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqdockwindow.html#opaqueMoving-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds whether the dock window will be shown normally whilst it is being moved.
|
|
|
<p>If this property is FALSE, (the default), the dock window will be
|
|
|
represented by an outline rectangle whilst it is being moved.
|
|
|
<p> <b>Warning:</b> Currently opaque moving has some problems and we do not
|
|
|
recommend using it at this time. We expect to fix these problems
|
|
|
in a future release.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqdockwindow.html#setOpaqueMoving">setOpaqueMoving</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqdockwindow.html#opaqueMoving">opaqueMoving</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QDockWindow::resizeEnabled</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqdockwindow.html#resizeEnabled-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds whether the dock window is resizeable.
|
|
|
<p>A resizeable dock window can be resized using splitter-like
|
|
|
handles inside a dock area and like every other top level window
|
|
|
when floating.
|
|
|
<p> A dock window is both horizontally and vertically stretchable if
|
|
|
you call <a href="ntqdockwindow.html#setResizeEnabled">setResizeEnabled</a>(TRUE).
|
|
|
<p> This property is FALSE by default.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="ntqdockwindow.html#verticallyStretchable-prop">verticallyStretchable</a> and <a href="ntqdockwindow.html#horizontallyStretchable-prop">horizontallyStretchable</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqdockwindow.html#setResizeEnabled">setResizeEnabled</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqdockwindow.html#isResizeEnabled">isResizeEnabled</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QDockWindow::stretchable</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqdockwindow.html#stretchable-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds whether the dock window is stretchable in the current <a href="ntqdockwindow.html#orientation">orientation</a>().
|
|
|
<p>This property can be set using <a href="ntqdockwindow.html#setHorizontallyStretchable">setHorizontallyStretchable</a>() and
|
|
|
<a href="ntqdockwindow.html#setVerticallyStretchable">setVerticallyStretchable</a>(), or with <a href="ntqdockwindow.html#setResizeEnabled">setResizeEnabled</a>().
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="ntqdockwindow.html#resizeEnabled-prop">resizeEnabled</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Bugs and limitations:
|
|
|
<ul>
|
|
|
<li> Strecthability is broken. You must call setResizeEnabled(TRUE) to get
|
|
|
proper behavior and even then QDockWindow does not limit stretchablilty.
|
|
|
</ul>
|
|
|
<p>Get this property's value with <a href="ntqdockwindow.html#isStretchable">isStretchable</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QDockWindow::verticallyStretchable</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqdockwindow.html#verticallyStretchable-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds whether the dock window is vertically stretchable.
|
|
|
<p>A dock window is vertically stretchable if you call
|
|
|
<a href="ntqdockwindow.html#setVerticallyStretchable">setVerticallyStretchable</a>(TRUE) or <a href="ntqdockwindow.html#setResizeEnabled">setResizeEnabled</a>(TRUE).
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="ntqdockwindow.html#resizeEnabled-prop">resizeEnabled</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Bugs and limitations:
|
|
|
<ul>
|
|
|
<li> Strecthability is broken. You must call setResizeEnabled(TRUE) to get
|
|
|
proper behavior and even then QDockWindow does not limit stretchablilty.
|
|
|
</ul>
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqdockwindow.html#setVerticallyStretchable">setVerticallyStretchable</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqdockwindow.html#isVerticallyStretchable">isVerticallyStretchable</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QDoubleValidator::bottom</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="qdoublevalidator.html#bottom-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the validator's minimum acceptable value.
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="qdoublevalidator.html#setBottom">setBottom</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="qdoublevalidator.html#bottom">bottom</a>().
|
|
|
<p><p>See also <a href="qdoublevalidator.html#setRange">setRange</a>().
|
|
|
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QDoubleValidator::decimals</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="qdoublevalidator.html#decimals-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the validator's maximum number of digits after the decimal point.
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="qdoublevalidator.html#setDecimals">setDecimals</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="qdoublevalidator.html#decimals">decimals</a>().
|
|
|
<p><p>See also <a href="qdoublevalidator.html#setRange">setRange</a>().
|
|
|
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QDoubleValidator::top</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="qdoublevalidator.html#top-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the validator's maximum acceptable value.
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="qdoublevalidator.html#setTop">setTop</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="qdoublevalidator.html#top">top</a>().
|
|
|
<p><p>See also <a href="qdoublevalidator.html#setRange">setRange</a>().
|
|
|
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QFileDialog::contentsPreview</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqfiledialog.html#contentsPreview-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds whether the file dialog can provide a contents preview of the currently selected file.
|
|
|
<p>The default is FALSE.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="ntqfiledialog.html#setContentsPreview">setContentsPreview</a>() and <a href="ntqfiledialog.html#infoPreview-prop">infoPreview</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqfiledialog.html#setContentsPreviewEnabled">setContentsPreviewEnabled</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqfiledialog.html#isContentsPreviewEnabled">isContentsPreviewEnabled</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QFileDialog::dirPath</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqfiledialog.html#dirPath-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the file dialog's working directory.
|
|
|
<p>Get this property's value with <a href="ntqfiledialog.html#dirPath">dirPath</a>().
|
|
|
<p><p>See also <a href="ntqfiledialog.html#dir">dir</a>() and <a href="ntqfiledialog.html#setDir">setDir</a>().
|
|
|
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QFileDialog::infoPreview</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqfiledialog.html#infoPreview-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds whether the file dialog can provide preview information about the currently selected file.
|
|
|
<p>The default is FALSE.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqfiledialog.html#setInfoPreviewEnabled">setInfoPreviewEnabled</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqfiledialog.html#isInfoPreviewEnabled">isInfoPreviewEnabled</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QFileDialog::mode</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqfiledialog.html#mode-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the file dialog's mode.
|
|
|
<p>The default mode is <a href="ntqfiledialog.html#Mode-enum">ExistingFile</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqfiledialog.html#setMode">setMode</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqfiledialog.html#mode">mode</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QFileDialog::previewMode</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqfiledialog.html#previewMode-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the preview mode for the file dialog.
|
|
|
<p>If you set the mode to be a mode other than <em>NoPreview</em>, you must
|
|
|
use <a href="ntqfiledialog.html#setInfoPreview">setInfoPreview</a>() or <a href="ntqfiledialog.html#setContentsPreview">setContentsPreview</a>() to set the dialog's
|
|
|
preview widget to your preview widget and enable the preview
|
|
|
widget(s) with <a href="ntqfiledialog.html#setInfoPreviewEnabled">setInfoPreviewEnabled</a>() or
|
|
|
<a href="ntqfiledialog.html#setContentsPreviewEnabled">setContentsPreviewEnabled</a>().
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="ntqfiledialog.html#infoPreview-prop">infoPreview</a>, <a href="ntqfiledialog.html#contentsPreview-prop">contentsPreview</a>, and <a href="ntqfiledialog.html#viewMode-prop">viewMode</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqfiledialog.html#setPreviewMode">setPreviewMode</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqfiledialog.html#previewMode">previewMode</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QFileDialog::selectedFile</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqfiledialog.html#selectedFile-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the name of the selected file.
|
|
|
<p>If a file was selected selectedFile contains the file's name including
|
|
|
its absolute path; otherwise selectedFile is empty.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="ntqstring.html#isEmpty">TQString::isEmpty</a>(), <a href="ntqfiledialog.html#selectedFiles-prop">selectedFiles</a>, and <a href="ntqfiledialog.html#selectedFilter-prop">selectedFilter</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Get this property's value with <a href="ntqfiledialog.html#selectedFile">selectedFile</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QFileDialog::selectedFiles</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqfiledialog.html#selectedFiles-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the list of selected files.
|
|
|
<p>If one or more files are selected, selectedFiles contains their
|
|
|
names including their absolute paths. If no files are selected or
|
|
|
the mode isn't ExistingFiles selectedFiles is an empty list.
|
|
|
<p> It is more convenient to use <a href="ntqfiledialog.html#selectedFile">selectedFile</a>() if the mode is
|
|
|
<a href="ntqfiledialog.html#Mode-enum">ExistingFile</a>, <a href="ntqfiledialog.html#Mode-enum">Directory</a> or <a href="ntqfiledialog.html#Mode-enum">DirectoryOnly</a>.
|
|
|
<p> Note that if you want to iterate over the list, you should
|
|
|
iterate over a copy, e.g.
|
|
|
<pre>
|
|
|
<a href="ntqstringlist.html">QStringList</a> list = myFileDialog.selectedFiles();
|
|
|
QStringList::Iterator it = list.<a href="tqvaluelist.html#begin">begin</a>();
|
|
|
while( it != list.<a href="tqvaluelist.html#end">end</a>() ) {
|
|
|
myProcessing( *it );
|
|
|
++it;
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
</pre>
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="ntqfiledialog.html#selectedFile-prop">selectedFile</a>, <a href="ntqfiledialog.html#selectedFilter-prop">selectedFilter</a>, and <a href="tqvaluelist.html#empty">TQValueList::empty</a>().
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Get this property's value with <a href="ntqfiledialog.html#selectedFiles">selectedFiles</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QFileDialog::selectedFilter</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqfiledialog.html#selectedFilter-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the filter which the user has selected in the file dialog.
|
|
|
<p>Get this property's value with <a href="ntqfiledialog.html#selectedFilter">selectedFilter</a>().
|
|
|
<p><p>See also <a href="ntqfiledialog.html#filterSelected">filterSelected</a>(), <a href="ntqfiledialog.html#selectedFiles-prop">selectedFiles</a>, and <a href="ntqfiledialog.html#selectedFile-prop">selectedFile</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QFileDialog::showHiddenFiles</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqfiledialog.html#showHiddenFiles-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds whether hidden files are shown in the file dialog.
|
|
|
<p>The default is FALSE, i.e. don't show hidden files.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqfiledialog.html#setShowHiddenFiles">setShowHiddenFiles</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqfiledialog.html#showHiddenFiles">showHiddenFiles</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QFileDialog::viewMode</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqfiledialog.html#viewMode-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the file dialog's view mode.
|
|
|
<p>If you set the view mode to be <em>Detail</em> (the default), then you
|
|
|
will see the file's details, such as the size of the file and the
|
|
|
date the file was last modified in addition to the file's name.
|
|
|
<p> If you set the view mode to be <em>List</em>, then you will just
|
|
|
see a list of the files and folders.
|
|
|
<p> See <a href="ntqfiledialog.html#ViewMode-enum">QFileDialog::ViewMode</a>
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqfiledialog.html#setViewMode">setViewMode</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqfiledialog.html#viewMode">viewMode</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QFrame::contentsRect</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqframe.html#contentsRect-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the rectangle inside the frame.
|
|
|
<p>Get this property's value with <a href="ntqframe.html#contentsRect">contentsRect</a>().
|
|
|
<p><p>See also <a href="ntqframe.html#frameRect-prop">frameRect</a> and <a href="ntqframe.html#drawContents">drawContents</a>().
|
|
|
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QFrame::frameRect</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqframe.html#frameRect-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the frame rectangle.
|
|
|
<p>The frame rectangle is the rectangle the frame is drawn in. By
|
|
|
default, this is the entire widget. Setting this property does <em>not</em> cause a widget update.
|
|
|
<p> If this property is set to a null rectangle (for example
|
|
|
<tt>QRect(0, 0, 0, 0)</tt>), then the frame rectangle is equivalent to
|
|
|
the <a href="tqwidget.html#rect">widget rectangle</a>.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="ntqframe.html#contentsRect-prop">contentsRect</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqframe.html#setFrameRect">setFrameRect</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqframe.html#frameRect">frameRect</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QFrame::frameShadow</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqframe.html#frameShadow-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the frame shadow value from the frame style.
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqframe.html#setFrameShadow">setFrameShadow</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqframe.html#frameShadow">frameShadow</a>().
|
|
|
<p><p>See also <a href="ntqframe.html#frameStyle">frameStyle</a>() and <a href="ntqframe.html#frameShape-prop">frameShape</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QFrame::frameShape</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqframe.html#frameShape-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the frame shape value from the frame style.
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqframe.html#setFrameShape">setFrameShape</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqframe.html#frameShape">frameShape</a>().
|
|
|
<p><p>See also <a href="ntqframe.html#frameStyle">frameStyle</a>() and <a href="ntqframe.html#frameShadow-prop">frameShadow</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QFrame::frameWidth</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqframe.html#frameWidth-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the width of the frame that is drawn.
|
|
|
<p>Note that the frame width depends on the <a href="ntqframe.html#setFrameStyle">frame style</a>, not only the line
|
|
|
width and the mid-line width. For example, the style <a href="ntqframe.html#Shape-enum">NoFrame</a>
|
|
|
always has a frame width of 0, whereas the style <a href="ntqframe.html#Shape-enum">Panel</a> has a
|
|
|
frame width equivalent to the line width. The frame width also
|
|
|
includes the margin.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="ntqframe.html#lineWidth-prop">lineWidth</a>, <a href="ntqframe.html#midLineWidth-prop">midLineWidth</a>, <a href="ntqframe.html#frameStyle">frameStyle</a>(), and <a href="ntqframe.html#margin-prop">margin</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Get this property's value with <a href="ntqframe.html#frameWidth">frameWidth</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QFrame::lineWidth</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqframe.html#lineWidth-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the line width.
|
|
|
<p>Note that the <em>total</em> line width for <a href="ntqframe.html#Shape-enum">HLine</a> and <a href="ntqframe.html#Shape-enum">VLine</a> is
|
|
|
given by <a href="ntqframe.html#frameWidth">frameWidth</a>(), not <a href="ntqframe.html#lineWidth">lineWidth</a>().
|
|
|
<p> The default value is 1.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="ntqframe.html#midLineWidth-prop">midLineWidth</a> and <a href="ntqframe.html#frameWidth-prop">frameWidth</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqframe.html#setLineWidth">setLineWidth</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqframe.html#lineWidth">lineWidth</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QFrame::margin</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqframe.html#margin-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the width of the margin.
|
|
|
<p>The margin is the distance between the innermost pixel of the
|
|
|
frame and the outermost pixel of <a href="ntqframe.html#contentsRect">contentsRect</a>(). It is included in
|
|
|
<a href="ntqframe.html#frameWidth">frameWidth</a>().
|
|
|
<p> The margin is filled according to <a href="tqwidget.html#backgroundMode">backgroundMode</a>().
|
|
|
<p> The default value is 0.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="ntqframe.html#margin-prop">margin</a>, <a href="ntqframe.html#lineWidth-prop">lineWidth</a>, and <a href="ntqframe.html#frameWidth-prop">frameWidth</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqframe.html#setMargin">setMargin</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqframe.html#margin">margin</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QFrame::midLineWidth</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqframe.html#midLineWidth-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the width of the mid-line.
|
|
|
<p>The default value is 0.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="ntqframe.html#lineWidth-prop">lineWidth</a> and <a href="ntqframe.html#frameWidth-prop">frameWidth</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqframe.html#setMidLineWidth">setMidLineWidth</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqframe.html#midLineWidth">midLineWidth</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QGridView::cellHeight</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqgridview.html#cellHeight-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the height of a grid row.
|
|
|
<p>All rows in a grid view have the same height.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="ntqgridview.html#cellWidth-prop">cellWidth</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqgridview.html#setCellHeight">setCellHeight</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqgridview.html#cellHeight">cellHeight</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QGridView::cellWidth</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqgridview.html#cellWidth-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the width of a grid column.
|
|
|
<p>All columns in a grid view have the same width.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="ntqgridview.html#cellHeight-prop">cellHeight</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqgridview.html#setCellWidth">setCellWidth</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqgridview.html#cellWidth">cellWidth</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QGridView::numCols</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqgridview.html#numCols-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the number of columns in the grid.
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqgridview.html#setNumCols">setNumCols</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqgridview.html#numCols">numCols</a>().
|
|
|
<p><p>See also <a href="ntqgridview.html#numRows-prop">numRows</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QGridView::numRows</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqgridview.html#numRows-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the number of rows in the grid.
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqgridview.html#setNumRows">setNumRows</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqgridview.html#numRows">numRows</a>().
|
|
|
<p><p>See also <a href="ntqgridview.html#numCols-prop">numCols</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QGroupBox::alignment</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqgroupbox.html#alignment-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the alignment of the group box title.
|
|
|
<p>The title is always placed on the upper frame line. The horizontal
|
|
|
alignment can be specified by the alignment parameter.
|
|
|
<p> The alignment is one of the following flags:
|
|
|
<ul>
|
|
|
<li> <a href="ntqt.html#AlignmentFlags-enum">AlignAuto</a> aligns the title according to the language,
|
|
|
usually to the left.
|
|
|
<li> <a href="ntqt.html#AlignmentFlags-enum">AlignLeft</a> aligns the title text to the left.
|
|
|
<li> <a href="ntqt.html#AlignmentFlags-enum">AlignRight</a> aligns the title text to the right.
|
|
|
<li> <a href="ntqt.html#AlignmentFlags-enum">AlignHCenter</a> aligns the title text centered.
|
|
|
</ul>
|
|
|
<p> The default alignment is <a href="ntqt.html#AlignmentFlags-enum">AlignAuto</a>.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="ntqt.html#AlignmentFlags-enum">TQt::AlignmentFlags</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqgroupbox.html#setAlignment">setAlignment</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqgroupbox.html#alignment">alignment</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QGroupBox::checkable</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqgroupbox.html#checkable-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds whether the group box has a checkbox in its title.
|
|
|
<p>If this property is TRUE, the group box has a checkbox. If the
|
|
|
checkbox is checked (which is the default), the group box's
|
|
|
children are enabled.
|
|
|
<p> <a href="ntqgroupbox.html#setCheckable">setCheckable</a>() controls whether or not the group box has a
|
|
|
checkbox, and <a href="ntqgroupbox.html#isCheckable">isCheckable</a>() controls whether the checkbox is
|
|
|
checked or not.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqgroupbox.html#setCheckable">setCheckable</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqgroupbox.html#isCheckable">isCheckable</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QGroupBox::checked</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqgroupbox.html#checked-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds whether the group box's checkbox is checked.
|
|
|
<p>If the group box has a check box (see <a href="ntqgroupbox.html#isCheckable">isCheckable</a>()), and the
|
|
|
check box is checked (see <a href="ntqgroupbox.html#isChecked">isChecked</a>()), the group box's children
|
|
|
are enabled. If the checkbox is unchecked the children are
|
|
|
disabled.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqgroupbox.html#setChecked">setChecked</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqgroupbox.html#isChecked">isChecked</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QGroupBox::columns</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqgroupbox.html#columns-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the number of columns or rows (depending on <a href="ntqgroupbox.html#orientation-prop">QGroupBox::orientation</a>) in the group box.
|
|
|
<p>Usually it is not a good idea to set this property because it is
|
|
|
slow (it does a complete layout). It is best to set the number
|
|
|
of columns directly in the constructor.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqgroupbox.html#setColumns">setColumns</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqgroupbox.html#columns">columns</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QGroupBox::flat</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqgroupbox.html#flat-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds whether the group box is painted flat or has a frame.
|
|
|
<p>By default a group box has a surrounding frame, with the title
|
|
|
being placed on the upper frame line. In flat mode the right, left
|
|
|
and bottom frame lines are omitted, and only the thin line at the
|
|
|
top is drawn.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="ntqgroupbox.html#title-prop">title</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqgroupbox.html#setFlat">setFlat</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqgroupbox.html#isFlat">isFlat</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QGroupBox::orientation</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqgroupbox.html#orientation-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the group box's orientation.
|
|
|
<p>A horizontal group box arranges it's children in columns, while a
|
|
|
vertical group box arranges them in rows.
|
|
|
<p> Usually it is not a good idea to set this property because it is
|
|
|
slow (it does a complete layout). It is better to set the
|
|
|
orientation directly in the constructor.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqgroupbox.html#setOrientation">setOrientation</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqgroupbox.html#orientation">orientation</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QGroupBox::title</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqgroupbox.html#title-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the group box title text.
|
|
|
<p>The group box title text will have a focus-change keyboard
|
|
|
accelerator if the title contains &amp;, followed by a letter.
|
|
|
<p> <pre>
|
|
|
g-&gt;setTitle( "&amp;User information" );
|
|
|
</pre>
|
|
|
|
|
|
This produces "<u>U</u>ser information"; Alt+U moves the <a href="focus.html#keyboard-focus">keyboard focus</a> to the group box.
|
|
|
<p> There is no default title text.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqgroupbox.html#setTitle">setTitle</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqgroupbox.html#title">title</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QHeader::count</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqheader.html#count-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the number of sections in the header.
|
|
|
<p>
|
|
|
<p>Get this property's value with <a href="ntqheader.html#count">count</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QHeader::moving</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqheader.html#moving-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds whether the header sections can be moved.
|
|
|
<p>If this property is TRUE (the default) the user can move sections.
|
|
|
If the user moves a section the <a href="ntqheader.html#indexChange">indexChange</a>() signal is emitted.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="ntqheader.html#setClickEnabled">setClickEnabled</a>() and <a href="ntqheader.html#setResizeEnabled">setResizeEnabled</a>().
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqheader.html#setMovingEnabled">setMovingEnabled</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqheader.html#isMovingEnabled">isMovingEnabled</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QHeader::offset</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqheader.html#offset-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the header's left-most (or top-most) visible pixel.
|
|
|
<p>Setting this property will scroll the header so that <em>offset</em>
|
|
|
becomes the left-most (or top-most for vertical headers) visible
|
|
|
pixel.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqheader.html#setOffset">setOffset</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqheader.html#offset">offset</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QHeader::orientation</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqheader.html#orientation-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the header's orientation.
|
|
|
<p>The orientation is either <a href="ntqt.html#Orientation-enum">Vertical</a> or <a href="ntqt.html#Orientation-enum">Horizontal</a> (the
|
|
|
default).
|
|
|
<p> Call <a href="ntqheader.html#setOrientation">setOrientation</a>() before adding labels if you don't provide a
|
|
|
size parameter otherwise the sizes will be incorrect.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqheader.html#setOrientation">setOrientation</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqheader.html#orientation">orientation</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QHeader::stretching</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqheader.html#stretching-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds whether the header sections always take up the full width (or height) of the header.
|
|
|
<p>
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqheader.html#setStretchEnabled">setStretchEnabled</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqheader.html#isStretchEnabled">isStretchEnabled</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QHeader::tracking</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqheader.html#tracking-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds whether the <a href="ntqheader.html#sizeChange">sizeChange</a>() signal is emitted continuously.
|
|
|
<p>If tracking is on, the sizeChange() signal is emitted continuously
|
|
|
while the mouse is moved (i.e. when the header is resized),
|
|
|
otherwise it is only emitted when the mouse button is released at
|
|
|
the end of resizing.
|
|
|
<p> Tracking defaults to FALSE.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqheader.html#setTracking">setTracking</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqheader.html#tracking">tracking</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QIconView::arrangement</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqiconview.html#arrangement-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the arrangement mode of the icon view.
|
|
|
<p>This can be <a href="ntqiconview.html#Arrangement-enum">LeftToRight</a> or <a href="ntqiconview.html#Arrangement-enum">TopToBottom</a>. The default is <a href="ntqiconview.html#Arrangement-enum">LeftToRight</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqiconview.html#setArrangement">setArrangement</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqiconview.html#arrangement">arrangement</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QIconView::autoArrange</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqiconview.html#autoArrange-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds whether the icon view rearranges its items when a new item is inserted.
|
|
|
<p>The default is TRUE.
|
|
|
<p> Note that if the icon view is not visible at the time of
|
|
|
insertion, QIconView defers all position-related work until it is
|
|
|
shown and then calls <a href="ntqiconview.html#arrangeItemsInGrid">arrangeItemsInGrid</a>().
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqiconview.html#setAutoArrange">setAutoArrange</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqiconview.html#autoArrange">autoArrange</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QIconView::count</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqiconview.html#count-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the number of items in the icon view.
|
|
|
<p>
|
|
|
<p>Get this property's value with <a href="ntqiconview.html#count">count</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QIconView::gridX</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqiconview.html#gridX-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the horizontal grid of the icon view.
|
|
|
<p>If the value is -1, (the default), QIconView computes suitable
|
|
|
column widths based on the icon view's contents.
|
|
|
<p> Note that setting a grid width overrides <a href="ntqiconview.html#setMaxItemWidth">setMaxItemWidth</a>().
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqiconview.html#setGridX">setGridX</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqiconview.html#gridX">gridX</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QIconView::gridY</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqiconview.html#gridY-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the vertical grid of the icon view.
|
|
|
<p>If the value is -1, (the default), QIconView computes suitable
|
|
|
column heights based on the icon view's contents.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqiconview.html#setGridY">setGridY</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqiconview.html#gridY">gridY</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QIconView::itemTextBackground</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqiconview.html#itemTextBackground-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the brush to use when drawing the background of an item's text.
|
|
|
<p>By default this brush is set to NoBrush, meaning that only the
|
|
|
normal icon view background is used.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqiconview.html#setItemTextBackground">setItemTextBackground</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqiconview.html#itemTextBackground">itemTextBackground</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QIconView::itemTextPos</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqiconview.html#itemTextPos-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the position where the text of each item is drawn.
|
|
|
<p>Valid values are <a href="ntqiconview.html#ItemTextPos-enum">Bottom</a> or <a href="ntqiconview.html#ItemTextPos-enum">Right</a>. The default is <a href="ntqiconview.html#ItemTextPos-enum">Bottom</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqiconview.html#setItemTextPos">setItemTextPos</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqiconview.html#itemTextPos">itemTextPos</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QIconView::itemsMovable</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqiconview.html#itemsMovable-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds whether the user is allowed to move items around in the icon view.
|
|
|
<p>The default is TRUE.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqiconview.html#setItemsMovable">setItemsMovable</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqiconview.html#itemsMovable">itemsMovable</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QIconView::maxItemTextLength</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqiconview.html#maxItemTextLength-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the maximum length (in characters) that an item's text may have.
|
|
|
<p>The default is 255 characters.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqiconview.html#setMaxItemTextLength">setMaxItemTextLength</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqiconview.html#maxItemTextLength">maxItemTextLength</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QIconView::maxItemWidth</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqiconview.html#maxItemWidth-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the maximum width that an item may have.
|
|
|
<p>The default is 100 pixels.
|
|
|
<p> Note that if the <a href="ntqiconview.html#gridX">gridX</a>() value is set QIconView will ignore
|
|
|
this property.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqiconview.html#setMaxItemWidth">setMaxItemWidth</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqiconview.html#maxItemWidth">maxItemWidth</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QIconView::resizeMode</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqiconview.html#resizeMode-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the resize mode of the icon view.
|
|
|
<p>This can be <a href="ntqiconview.html#ResizeMode-enum">Fixed</a> or <a href="ntqiconview.html#ResizeMode-enum">Adjust</a>. The default is <a href="ntqiconview.html#ResizeMode-enum">Fixed</a>.
|
|
|
See <a href="ntqiconview.html#ResizeMode-enum">ResizeMode</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqiconview.html#setResizeMode">setResizeMode</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqiconview.html#resizeMode">resizeMode</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QIconView::selectionMode</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqiconview.html#selectionMode-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the selection mode of the icon view.
|
|
|
<p>This can be <a href="ntqiconview.html#SelectionMode-enum">Single</a> (the default), <a href="ntqiconview.html#SelectionMode-enum">Extended</a>, <a href="ntqiconview.html#SelectionMode-enum">Multi</a> or <a href="ntqiconview.html#SelectionMode-enum">NoSelection</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqiconview.html#setSelectionMode">setSelectionMode</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqiconview.html#selectionMode">selectionMode</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QIconView::showToolTips</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqiconview.html#showToolTips-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds whether the icon view will display a tool tip with the complete text for any truncated item text.
|
|
|
<p>The default is TRUE. Note that this has no effect if
|
|
|
<a href="ntqiconview.html#setWordWrapIconText">setWordWrapIconText</a>() is TRUE, as it is by default.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqiconview.html#setShowToolTips">setShowToolTips</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqiconview.html#showToolTips">showToolTips</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QIconView::sortDirection</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqiconview.html#sortDirection-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds whether the sort direction for inserting new items is ascending;.
|
|
|
<p>The default is TRUE (i.e. ascending). This sort direction is only
|
|
|
meaningful if both <a href="ntqiconview.html#sorting">sorting</a>() and <a href="ntqiconview.html#autoArrange">autoArrange</a>() are TRUE.
|
|
|
<p> To set the sort direction, use <a href="ntqiconview.html#setSorting">setSorting</a>()
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Get this property's value with <a href="ntqiconview.html#sortDirection">sortDirection</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QIconView::sorting</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqiconview.html#sorting-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds whether the icon view sorts on insertion.
|
|
|
<p>The default is FALSE, i.e. no sorting on insertion.
|
|
|
<p> To set the sorting, use <a href="ntqiconview.html#setSorting">setSorting</a>().
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Get this property's value with <a href="ntqiconview.html#sorting">sorting</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QIconView::spacing</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqiconview.html#spacing-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the space in pixels between icon view items.
|
|
|
<p>The default is 5 pixels.
|
|
|
<p> Negative values for spacing are illegal.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqiconview.html#setSpacing">setSpacing</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqiconview.html#spacing">spacing</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QIconView::wordWrapIconText</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqiconview.html#wordWrapIconText-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds whether the item text will be word-wrapped if it is too long.
|
|
|
<p>The default is TRUE.
|
|
|
<p> If this property is FALSE, icon text that is too long is
|
|
|
truncated, and an ellipsis (...) appended to indicate that
|
|
|
truncation has occurred. The full text can still be seen by the
|
|
|
user if they hover the mouse because the full text is shown in a
|
|
|
tooltip; see <a href="ntqiconview.html#setShowToolTips">setShowToolTips</a>().
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqiconview.html#setWordWrapIconText">setWordWrapIconText</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqiconview.html#wordWrapIconText">wordWrapIconText</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QIntValidator::bottom</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="qintvalidator.html#bottom-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the validator's lowest acceptable value.
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="qintvalidator.html#setBottom">setBottom</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="qintvalidator.html#bottom">bottom</a>().
|
|
|
<p><p>See also <a href="qintvalidator.html#setRange">setRange</a>().
|
|
|
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QIntValidator::top</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="qintvalidator.html#top-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the validator's highest acceptable value.
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="qintvalidator.html#setTop">setTop</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="qintvalidator.html#top">top</a>().
|
|
|
<p><p>See also <a href="qintvalidator.html#setRange">setRange</a>().
|
|
|
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QLCDNumber::intValue</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqlcdnumber.html#intValue-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the displayed value rounded to the nearest integer.
|
|
|
<p>This property corresponds to the nearest integer to the current
|
|
|
value displayed by the LCDNumber. This is the value used for
|
|
|
hexadecimal, octal and binary modes.
|
|
|
<p> If the displayed value is not a number, the property has a value
|
|
|
of 0.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqlcdnumber.html#display">display</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqlcdnumber.html#intValue">intValue</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QLCDNumber::mode</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqlcdnumber.html#mode-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the current display mode (number base).
|
|
|
<p>Corresponds to the current display mode, which is one of <a href="ntqlcdnumber.html#Mode-enum">BIN</a>,
|
|
|
<a href="ntqlcdnumber.html#Mode-enum">OCT</a>, <a href="ntqlcdnumber.html#Mode-enum">DEC</a> (the default) and <a href="ntqlcdnumber.html#Mode-enum">HEX</a>. <a href="ntqlcdnumber.html#Mode-enum">DEC</a> mode can display
|
|
|
floating point values, the other modes display the integer
|
|
|
equivalent.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="ntqlcdnumber.html#smallDecimalPoint-prop">smallDecimalPoint</a>, <a href="ntqlcdnumber.html#setHexMode">setHexMode</a>(), <a href="ntqlcdnumber.html#setDecMode">setDecMode</a>(), <a href="ntqlcdnumber.html#setOctMode">setOctMode</a>(), and <a href="ntqlcdnumber.html#setBinMode">setBinMode</a>().
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqlcdnumber.html#setMode">setMode</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqlcdnumber.html#mode">mode</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QLCDNumber::numDigits</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqlcdnumber.html#numDigits-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the current number of digits displayed.
|
|
|
<p>Corresponds to the current number of digits. If <a href="ntqlcdnumber.html#smallDecimalPoint-prop">QLCDNumber::smallDecimalPoint</a> is FALSE, the decimal point occupies
|
|
|
one digit position.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="ntqlcdnumber.html#smallDecimalPoint-prop">smallDecimalPoint</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqlcdnumber.html#setNumDigits">setNumDigits</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqlcdnumber.html#numDigits">numDigits</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QLCDNumber::segmentStyle</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqlcdnumber.html#segmentStyle-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the style of the LCDNumber.
|
|
|
<p><center><table cellpadding="4" cellspacing="2" border="0">
|
|
|
<tr bgcolor="#a2c511"> <th valign="top">Style <th valign="top">Result
|
|
|
<tr bgcolor="#f0f0f0"> <td valign="top"><a href="ntqlcdnumber.html#SegmentStyle-enum">Outline</a>
|
|
|
<td valign="top">Produces raised segments filled with the background color
|
|
|
(this is the default).
|
|
|
<tr bgcolor="#d0d0d0"> <td valign="top"><a href="ntqlcdnumber.html#SegmentStyle-enum">Filled</a>
|
|
|
<td valign="top">Produces raised segments filled with the foreground color.
|
|
|
<tr bgcolor="#f0f0f0"> <td valign="top"><a href="ntqlcdnumber.html#SegmentStyle-enum">Flat</a>
|
|
|
<td valign="top">Produces flat segments filled with the foreground color.
|
|
|
</table></center>
|
|
|
<p> <a href="ntqlcdnumber.html#SegmentStyle-enum">Outline</a> and <a href="ntqlcdnumber.html#SegmentStyle-enum">Filled</a> will additionally use
|
|
|
<a href="qcolorgroup.html#light">QColorGroup::light</a>() and <a href="qcolorgroup.html#dark">QColorGroup::dark</a>() for shadow effects.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqlcdnumber.html#setSegmentStyle">setSegmentStyle</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqlcdnumber.html#segmentStyle">segmentStyle</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QLCDNumber::smallDecimalPoint</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqlcdnumber.html#smallDecimalPoint-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the style of the decimal point.
|
|
|
<p>If TRUE the decimal point is drawn between two digit positions.
|
|
|
Otherwise it occupies a digit position of its own, i.e. is drawn
|
|
|
in a digit position. The default is FALSE.
|
|
|
<p> The inter-digit space is made slightly wider when the decimal
|
|
|
point is drawn between the digits.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="ntqlcdnumber.html#mode-prop">mode</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqlcdnumber.html#setSmallDecimalPoint">setSmallDecimalPoint</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqlcdnumber.html#smallDecimalPoint">smallDecimalPoint</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QLCDNumber::value</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqlcdnumber.html#value-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the displayed value.
|
|
|
<p>This property corresponds to the current value displayed by the
|
|
|
LCDNumber.
|
|
|
<p> If the displayed value is not a number, the property has a value
|
|
|
of 0.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqlcdnumber.html#display">display</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqlcdnumber.html#value">value</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QLabel::alignment</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqlabel.html#alignment-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the alignment of the label's contents.
|
|
|
<p>The alignment is a bitwise OR of <a href="ntqt.html#AlignmentFlags-enum">TQt::AlignmentFlags</a> and <a href="ntqt.html#TextFlags-enum">TQt::TextFlags</a> values. The <a href="ntqt.html#TextFlags-enum">ExpandTabs</a>, <a href="ntqt.html#TextFlags-enum">SingleLine</a> and <a href="ntqt.html#TextFlags-enum">ShowPrefix</a> flags apply only if the label contains plain text;
|
|
|
otherwise they are ignored. The <a href="ntqt.html#TextFlags-enum">DontClip</a> flag is always
|
|
|
ignored. <a href="ntqt.html#TextFlags-enum">WordBreak</a> applies to both rich text and plain text
|
|
|
labels. The <a href="ntqt.html#TextFlags-enum">BreakAnywhere</a> flag is not supported in QLabel.
|
|
|
<p> If the label has a buddy, the <a href="ntqt.html#TextFlags-enum">ShowPrefix</a> flag is forced to
|
|
|
TRUE.
|
|
|
<p> The default alignment is <tt>AlignAuto | AlignVCenter | ExpandTabs</tt>
|
|
|
if the label doesn't have a buddy and <tt>AlignAuto | AlignVCenter | ExpandTabs | ShowPrefix</tt> if the label has a buddy. If the label
|
|
|
contains rich text, additionally <a href="ntqt.html#TextFlags-enum">WordBreak</a> is turned on.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="ntqt.html#AlignmentFlags-enum">TQt::AlignmentFlags</a>, <a href="ntqlabel.html#setBuddy">setBuddy</a>(), and <a href="ntqlabel.html#text-prop">text</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqlabel.html#setAlignment">setAlignment</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqlabel.html#alignment">alignment</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QLabel::indent</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqlabel.html#indent-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the label's text indent in pixels.
|
|
|
<p>If a label displays text, the indent applies to the left edge if
|
|
|
<a href="ntqlabel.html#alignment">alignment</a>() is <a href="ntqt.html#AlignmentFlags-enum">AlignLeft</a>, to the right edge if alignment() is
|
|
|
<a href="ntqt.html#AlignmentFlags-enum">AlignRight</a>, to the top edge if alignment() is <a href="ntqt.html#AlignmentFlags-enum">AlignTop</a>, and
|
|
|
to to the bottom edge if alignment() is <a href="ntqt.html#AlignmentFlags-enum">AlignBottom</a>.
|
|
|
<p> If indent is negative, or if no indent has been set, the label
|
|
|
computes the effective indent as follows: If <a href="ntqframe.html#frameWidth">frameWidth</a>() is 0,
|
|
|
the effective indent becomes 0. If frameWidth() is greater than 0,
|
|
|
the effective indent becomes half the width of the "x" character
|
|
|
of the widget's current <a href="tqwidget.html#font">font</a>().
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="ntqlabel.html#alignment-prop">alignment</a>, <a href="ntqframe.html#frameWidth-prop">frameWidth</a>, and <a href="tqwidget.html#font-prop">font</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqlabel.html#setIndent">setIndent</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqlabel.html#indent">indent</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QLabel::pixmap</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqlabel.html#pixmap-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the label's pixmap.
|
|
|
<p>If no pixmap has been set this will return an invalid pixmap.
|
|
|
<p> Setting the pixmap clears any previous content, and resizes the
|
|
|
label if <a href="ntqlabel.html#autoResize">QLabel::autoResize</a>() is TRUE. The buddy accelerator,
|
|
|
if any, is disabled.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqlabel.html#setPixmap">setPixmap</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqlabel.html#pixmap">pixmap</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QLabel::scaledContents</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqlabel.html#scaledContents-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds whether the label will scale its contents to fill all available space.
|
|
|
<p>When enabled and the label shows a pixmap, it will scale the
|
|
|
pixmap to fill the available space.
|
|
|
<p> This property's default is FALSE.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="ntqlabel.html#scaledContents-prop">scaledContents</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqlabel.html#setScaledContents">setScaledContents</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqlabel.html#hasScaledContents">hasScaledContents</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QLabel::text</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqlabel.html#text-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the label's text.
|
|
|
<p>If no text has been set this will return an empty string. Setting
|
|
|
the text clears any previous content, unless they are the same.
|
|
|
<p> The text will be interpreted either as a plain text or as a rich
|
|
|
text, depending on the text format setting; see <a href="ntqlabel.html#setTextFormat">setTextFormat</a>().
|
|
|
The default setting is <a href="ntqt.html#TextFormat-enum">AutoText</a>, i.e. QLabel will try to
|
|
|
auto-detect the format of the text set.
|
|
|
<p> If the text is interpreted as a plain text and a buddy has been
|
|
|
set, the buddy accelerator key is updated from the new text.
|
|
|
<p> The label resizes itself if auto-resizing is enabled.
|
|
|
<p> Note that Qlabel is well-suited to display small rich text
|
|
|
documents, i.e. those small documents that get their document
|
|
|
specific settings (font, text color, link color) from the label's
|
|
|
palette and font properties. For large documents, use <a href="ntqtextedit.html">QTextEdit</a>
|
|
|
in read-only mode instead. QTextEdit will flicker less on resize
|
|
|
and can also provide a scrollbar when necessary.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="ntqlabel.html#textFormat-prop">textFormat</a>, <a href="ntqlabel.html#setBuddy">setBuddy</a>(), and <a href="ntqlabel.html#alignment-prop">alignment</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqlabel.html#setText">setText</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqlabel.html#text">text</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QLabel::textFormat</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqlabel.html#textFormat-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the label's text format.
|
|
|
<p>See the <a href="ntqt.html#TextFormat-enum">TQt::TextFormat</a> enum for an explanation of the possible
|
|
|
options.
|
|
|
<p> The default format is <a href="ntqt.html#TextFormat-enum">AutoText</a>.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="ntqlabel.html#text-prop">text</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqlabel.html#setTextFormat">setTextFormat</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqlabel.html#textFormat">textFormat</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QLayout::margin</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqlayout.html#margin-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the width of the outside border of the layout.
|
|
|
<p>For some layout classes this property has an effect only on
|
|
|
top-level layouts; <a href="qboxlayout.html">QBoxLayout</a> and <a href="qgridlayout.html">QGridLayout</a> support margins for
|
|
|
child layouts. The default value is 0.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="ntqlayout.html#spacing-prop">spacing</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqlayout.html#setMargin">setMargin</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqlayout.html#margin">margin</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QLayout::resizeMode</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqlayout.html#resizeMode-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the resize mode of the layout.
|
|
|
<p>The default mode is <a href="ntqlayout.html#ResizeMode-enum">Auto</a>.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="ntqlayout.html#ResizeMode-enum">QLayout::ResizeMode</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqlayout.html#setResizeMode">setResizeMode</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqlayout.html#resizeMode">resizeMode</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QLayout::spacing</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqlayout.html#spacing-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the spacing between widgets inside the layout.
|
|
|
<p>The default value is -1, which signifies that the layout's spacing
|
|
|
should not override the widget's spacing.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="ntqlayout.html#margin-prop">margin</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqlayout.html#setSpacing">setSpacing</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqlayout.html#spacing">spacing</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QLineEdit::acceptableInput</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqlineedit.html#acceptableInput-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds whether the input satisfies the inputMask and the validator.
|
|
|
<p>Get this property's value with <a href="ntqlineedit.html#hasAcceptableInput">hasAcceptableInput</a>().
|
|
|
<p><p>See also <a href="ntqlineedit.html#inputMask-prop">inputMask</a> and <a href="ntqlineedit.html#setValidator">setValidator</a>().
|
|
|
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QLineEdit::alignment</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqlineedit.html#alignment-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the alignment of the line edit.
|
|
|
<p>Possible Values are <a href="ntqt.html#AlignmentFlags-enum">TQt::AlignAuto</a>, <a href="ntqt.html#AlignmentFlags-enum">TQt::AlignLeft</a>, <a href="ntqt.html#AlignmentFlags-enum">TQt::AlignRight</a> and <a href="ntqt.html#AlignmentFlags-enum">TQt::AlignHCenter</a>.
|
|
|
<p> Attempting to set the alignment to an illegal flag combination
|
|
|
does nothing.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="ntqt.html#AlignmentFlags-enum">TQt::AlignmentFlags</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqlineedit.html#setAlignment">setAlignment</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqlineedit.html#alignment">alignment</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QLineEdit::cursorPosition</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqlineedit.html#cursorPosition-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the current cursor position for this line edit.
|
|
|
<p>Setting the cursor position causes a repaint when appropriate.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqlineedit.html#setCursorPosition">setCursorPosition</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqlineedit.html#cursorPosition">cursorPosition</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QLineEdit::displayText</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqlineedit.html#displayText-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the displayed text.
|
|
|
<p>If <a href="ntqlineedit.html#EchoMode-enum">EchoMode</a> is <a href="ntqlineedit.html#EchoMode-enum">Normal</a> this returns the same as <a href="ntqlineedit.html#text">text</a>(); if
|
|
|
<a href="ntqlineedit.html#EchoMode-enum">EchoMode</a> is <a href="ntqlineedit.html#EchoMode-enum">Password</a> it returns a string of asterisks
|
|
|
text().length() characters long, e.g. "******"; if <a href="ntqlineedit.html#EchoMode-enum">EchoMode</a> is
|
|
|
<a href="ntqlineedit.html#EchoMode-enum">NoEcho</a> returns an empty string, "".
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="ntqlineedit.html#echoMode-prop">echoMode</a>, <a href="ntqlineedit.html#text-prop">text</a>, and <a href="ntqlineedit.html#EchoMode-enum">EchoMode</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Get this property's value with <a href="ntqlineedit.html#displayText">displayText</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QLineEdit::dragEnabled</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqlineedit.html#dragEnabled-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds whether the lineedit starts a drag if the user presses and moves the mouse on some selected text.
|
|
|
<p>
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqlineedit.html#setDragEnabled">setDragEnabled</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqlineedit.html#dragEnabled">dragEnabled</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QLineEdit::echoMode</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqlineedit.html#echoMode-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the line edit's echo mode.
|
|
|
<p>The initial setting is <a href="ntqlineedit.html#EchoMode-enum">Normal</a>, but QLineEdit also supports <a href="ntqlineedit.html#EchoMode-enum">NoEcho</a> and <a href="ntqlineedit.html#EchoMode-enum">Password</a> modes.
|
|
|
<p> The widget's display and the ability to copy or drag the text is
|
|
|
affected by this setting.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="ntqlineedit.html#EchoMode-enum">EchoMode</a> and <a href="ntqlineedit.html#displayText-prop">displayText</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqlineedit.html#setEchoMode">setEchoMode</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqlineedit.html#echoMode">echoMode</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QLineEdit::edited</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqlineedit.html#edited-prop">
|
|
|
<b>This function is obsolete.</b> It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code.
|
|
|
<p> <p>This property holds whether the line edit has been edited. Use modified instead.
|
|
|
<p>
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqlineedit.html#setEdited">setEdited</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqlineedit.html#edited">edited</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QLineEdit::frame</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqlineedit.html#frame-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds whether the line edit draws itself with a frame.
|
|
|
<p>If enabled (the default) the line edit draws itself inside a
|
|
|
two-pixel frame, otherwise the line edit draws itself without any
|
|
|
frame.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqlineedit.html#setFrame">setFrame</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqlineedit.html#frame">frame</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QLineEdit::hasSelectedText</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqlineedit.html#hasSelectedText-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds whether there is any text selected.
|
|
|
<p>hasSelectedText() returns TRUE if some or all of the text has been
|
|
|
selected by the user; otherwise returns FALSE.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="ntqlineedit.html#selectedText-prop">selectedText</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Get this property's value with <a href="ntqlineedit.html#hasSelectedText">hasSelectedText</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QLineEdit::inputMask</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqlineedit.html#inputMask-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the validation input mask.
|
|
|
<p>If no mask is set, <a href="ntqlineedit.html#inputMask">inputMask</a>() returns <a href="ntqstring.html#TQString-null">TQString::null</a>.
|
|
|
<p> Sets the QLineEdit's validation mask. Validators can be used
|
|
|
instead of, or in conjunction with masks; see <a href="ntqlineedit.html#setValidator">setValidator</a>().
|
|
|
<p> Unset the mask and return to normal QLineEdit operation by passing
|
|
|
an empty string ("") or just calling <a href="ntqlineedit.html#setInputMask">setInputMask</a>() with no
|
|
|
arguments.
|
|
|
<p> The mask format understands these mask characters:
|
|
|
<center><table cellpadding="4" cellspacing="2" border="0">
|
|
|
<tr bgcolor="#a2c511"> <th valign="top">Character <th valign="top">Meaning
|
|
|
<tr bgcolor="#f0f0f0"> <td valign="top"><tt>A</tt> <td valign="top">ASCII alphabetic character required. A-Z, a-z.
|
|
|
<tr bgcolor="#d0d0d0"> <td valign="top"><tt>a</tt> <td valign="top">ASCII alphabetic character permitted but not required.
|
|
|
<tr bgcolor="#f0f0f0"> <td valign="top"><tt>N</tt> <td valign="top">ASCII alphanumeric character required. A-Z, a-z, 0-9.
|
|
|
<tr bgcolor="#d0d0d0"> <td valign="top"><tt>n</tt> <td valign="top">ASCII alphanumeric character permitted but not required.
|
|
|
<tr bgcolor="#f0f0f0"> <td valign="top"><tt>X</tt> <td valign="top">Any character required.
|
|
|
<tr bgcolor="#d0d0d0"> <td valign="top"><a href="tqwidget.html#x-prop">x</a> <td valign="top">Any character permitted but not required.
|
|
|
<tr bgcolor="#f0f0f0"> <td valign="top"><tt>9</tt> <td valign="top">ASCII digit required. 0-9.
|
|
|
<tr bgcolor="#d0d0d0"> <td valign="top"><tt>0</tt> <td valign="top">ASCII digit permitted but not required.
|
|
|
<tr bgcolor="#f0f0f0"> <td valign="top"><tt>D</tt> <td valign="top">ASCII digit required. 1-9.
|
|
|
<tr bgcolor="#d0d0d0"> <td valign="top"><tt>d</tt> <td valign="top">ASCII digit permitted but not required (1-9).
|
|
|
<tr bgcolor="#f0f0f0"> <td valign="top"><tt>#</tt> <td valign="top">ASCII digit or plus/minus sign permitted but not required.
|
|
|
<tr bgcolor="#d0d0d0"> <td valign="top"><tt>&gt;</tt> <td valign="top">All following alphabetic characters are uppercased.
|
|
|
<tr bgcolor="#f0f0f0"> <td valign="top"><tt>&lt;</tt> <td valign="top">All following alphabetic characters are lowercased.
|
|
|
<tr bgcolor="#d0d0d0"> <td valign="top"><tt>!</tt> <td valign="top">Switch off case conversion.
|
|
|
<tr bgcolor="#f0f0f0"> <td valign="top"><tt>&#92;</tt> <td valign="top">Use <tt>&#92;</tt> to escape the special
|
|
|
characters listed above to use them as
|
|
|
separators.
|
|
|
</table></center>
|
|
|
<p> The mask consists of a string of mask characters and separators,
|
|
|
optionally followed by a semi-colon and the character used for
|
|
|
blanks: the blank characters are always removed from the text
|
|
|
after editing. The default blank character is space.
|
|
|
<p> Examples:
|
|
|
<center><table cellpadding="4" cellspacing="2" border="0">
|
|
|
<tr bgcolor="#a2c511"> <th valign="top">Mask <th valign="top">Notes
|
|
|
<tr bgcolor="#d0d0d0"> <td valign="top"><tt>000.000.000.000;_</tt> <td valign="top">IP address; blanks are <tt>_</tt>.
|
|
|
<tr bgcolor="#f0f0f0"> <td valign="top"><tt>0000-00-00</tt> <td valign="top">ISO Date; blanks are <tt>space</tt>
|
|
|
<tr bgcolor="#d0d0d0"> <td valign="top"><tt>&gt;AAAAA-AAAAA-AAAAA-AAAAA-AAAAA;#</tt> <td valign="top">License number;
|
|
|
blanks are <tt>-</tt> and all (alphabetic) characters are converted to
|
|
|
uppercase.
|
|
|
</table></center>
|
|
|
<p> To get range control (e.g. for an IP address) use masks together
|
|
|
with <a href="ntqlineedit.html#setValidator">validators</a>.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="ntqlineedit.html#maxLength-prop">maxLength</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqlineedit.html#setInputMask">setInputMask</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqlineedit.html#inputMask">inputMask</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QLineEdit::maxLength</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqlineedit.html#maxLength-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the maximum permitted length of the text.
|
|
|
<p>If the text is too long, it is truncated at the limit.
|
|
|
<p> If truncation occurs any selected text will be unselected, the
|
|
|
cursor position is set to 0 and the first part of the string is
|
|
|
shown.
|
|
|
<p> If the line edit has an input mask, the mask defines the maximum
|
|
|
string length.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="ntqlineedit.html#inputMask-prop">inputMask</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqlineedit.html#setMaxLength">setMaxLength</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqlineedit.html#maxLength">maxLength</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QLineEdit::modified</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqlineedit.html#modified-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds whether the line edit's contents has been modified by the user.
|
|
|
<p>The modified flag is never read by QLineEdit; it has a default value
|
|
|
of FALSE and is changed to TRUE whenever the user changes the line
|
|
|
edit's contents.
|
|
|
<p> This is useful for things that need to provide a default value but
|
|
|
do not start out knowing what the default should be (perhaps it
|
|
|
depends on other fields on the form). Start the line edit without
|
|
|
the best default, and when the default is known, if modified()
|
|
|
returns FALSE (the user hasn't entered any text), insert the
|
|
|
default value.
|
|
|
<p> Calling <a href="ntqlineedit.html#clearModified">clearModified</a>() or <a href="ntqlineedit.html#setText">setText</a>() resets the modified flag to
|
|
|
FALSE.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Get this property's value with <a href="ntqlineedit.html#isModified">isModified</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QLineEdit::readOnly</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqlineedit.html#readOnly-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds whether the line edit is read only.
|
|
|
<p>In read-only mode, the user can still copy the text to the
|
|
|
clipboard or drag-and-drop the text (if <a href="ntqlineedit.html#echoMode">echoMode</a>() is <a href="ntqlineedit.html#EchoMode-enum">Normal</a>),
|
|
|
but cannot edit it.
|
|
|
<p> QLineEdit does not show a cursor in read-only mode.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="tqwidget.html#enabled-prop">enabled</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqlineedit.html#setReadOnly">setReadOnly</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqlineedit.html#isReadOnly">isReadOnly</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QLineEdit::redoAvailable</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqlineedit.html#redoAvailable-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds whether redo is available.
|
|
|
<p>
|
|
|
<p>Get this property's value with <a href="ntqlineedit.html#isRedoAvailable">isRedoAvailable</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QLineEdit::selectedText</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqlineedit.html#selectedText-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the selected text.
|
|
|
<p>If there is no selected text this property's value is
|
|
|
<a href="ntqstring.html#TQString-null">TQString::null</a>.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="ntqlineedit.html#hasSelectedText-prop">hasSelectedText</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Get this property's value with <a href="ntqlineedit.html#selectedText">selectedText</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QLineEdit::text</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqlineedit.html#text-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the line edit's text.
|
|
|
<p>Note that setting this property clears the selection, clears the
|
|
|
undo/redo history, moves the cursor to the end of the line and
|
|
|
resets the <a href="ntqlineedit.html#modified-prop">modified</a> property to FALSE. The text is not
|
|
|
validated when inserted with <a href="ntqlineedit.html#setText">setText</a>().
|
|
|
<p> The text is truncated to <a href="ntqlineedit.html#maxLength">maxLength</a>() length.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="ntqlineedit.html#insert">insert</a>().
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqlineedit.html#setText">setText</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqlineedit.html#text">text</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QLineEdit::undoAvailable</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqlineedit.html#undoAvailable-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds whether undo is available.
|
|
|
<p>
|
|
|
<p>Get this property's value with <a href="ntqlineedit.html#isUndoAvailable">isUndoAvailable</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QListBox::columnMode</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqlistbox.html#columnMode-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the column layout mode for this list box.
|
|
|
<p>setColumnMode() sets the layout mode and adjusts the number of
|
|
|
displayed columns. The row layout mode automatically becomes <a href="ntqlistbox.html#LayoutMode-enum">Variable</a>, unless the column mode is <a href="ntqlistbox.html#LayoutMode-enum">Variable</a>.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="ntqlistbox.html#rowMode-prop">rowMode</a>, <a href="ntqlistbox.html#rowMode-prop">rowMode</a>, and <a href="ntqlistbox.html#numColumns-prop">numColumns</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqlistbox.html#setColumnMode">setColumnMode</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqlistbox.html#columnMode">columnMode</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QListBox::count</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqlistbox.html#count-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the number of items in the list box.
|
|
|
<p>
|
|
|
<p>Get this property's value with <a href="ntqlistbox.html#count">count</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QListBox::currentItem</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqlistbox.html#currentItem-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the current highlighted item.
|
|
|
<p>When setting this property, the highlighting is moved to the item
|
|
|
and the list box scrolled as necessary.
|
|
|
<p> If no item is current, <a href="ntqlistbox.html#currentItem">currentItem</a>() returns -1.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqlistbox.html#setCurrentItem">setCurrentItem</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqlistbox.html#currentItem">currentItem</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QListBox::currentText</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqlistbox.html#currentText-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the text of the current item.
|
|
|
<p>This is equivalent to <a href="ntqlistbox.html#text">text</a>(currentItem()).
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Get this property's value with <a href="ntqlistbox.html#currentText">currentText</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QListBox::multiSelection</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqlistbox.html#multiSelection-prop">
|
|
|
<b>This function is obsolete.</b> It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code.
|
|
|
<p> <p>This property holds whether or not the list box is in Multi selection mode.
|
|
|
<p>Consider using the <a href="ntqlistbox.html#selectionMode-prop">QListBox::selectionMode</a> property instead of
|
|
|
this property.
|
|
|
<p> When setting this property, Multi selection mode is used if set to TRUE and
|
|
|
to Single selection mode if set to FALSE.
|
|
|
<p> When getting this property, TRUE is returned if the list box is in
|
|
|
Multi selection mode or Extended selection mode, and FALSE if it is
|
|
|
in Single selection mode or NoSelection mode.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="ntqlistbox.html#selectionMode-prop">selectionMode</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqlistbox.html#setMultiSelection">setMultiSelection</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqlistbox.html#isMultiSelection">isMultiSelection</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QListBox::numColumns</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqlistbox.html#numColumns-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the number of columns in the list box.
|
|
|
<p>This is normally 1, but can be different if <a href="ntqlistbox.html#columnMode-prop">QListBox::columnMode</a> or <a href="ntqlistbox.html#rowMode-prop">QListBox::rowMode</a> has been set.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="ntqlistbox.html#columnMode-prop">columnMode</a>, <a href="ntqlistbox.html#rowMode-prop">rowMode</a>, and <a href="ntqlistbox.html#numRows-prop">numRows</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Get this property's value with <a href="ntqlistbox.html#numColumns">numColumns</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QListBox::numItemsVisible</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqlistbox.html#numItemsVisible-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the number of visible items.
|
|
|
<p>Both partially and entirely visible items are counted.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Get this property's value with <a href="ntqlistbox.html#numItemsVisible">numItemsVisible</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QListBox::numRows</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqlistbox.html#numRows-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the number of rows in the list box.
|
|
|
<p>This is equal to the number of items in the default single-column
|
|
|
layout, but can be different.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="ntqlistbox.html#columnMode-prop">columnMode</a>, <a href="ntqlistbox.html#rowMode-prop">rowMode</a>, and <a href="ntqlistbox.html#numColumns-prop">numColumns</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Get this property's value with <a href="ntqlistbox.html#numRows">numRows</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QListBox::rowMode</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqlistbox.html#rowMode-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the row layout mode for this list box.
|
|
|
<p>This property is normally <a href="ntqlistbox.html#LayoutMode-enum">Variable</a>.
|
|
|
<p> <a href="ntqlistbox.html#setRowMode">setRowMode</a>() sets the layout mode and adjusts the number of
|
|
|
displayed rows. The column layout mode automatically becomes <a href="ntqlistbox.html#LayoutMode-enum">Variable</a>, unless the row mode is <a href="ntqlistbox.html#LayoutMode-enum">Variable</a>.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="ntqlistbox.html#columnMode-prop">columnMode</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqlistbox.html#setRowMode">setRowMode</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqlistbox.html#rowMode">rowMode</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QListBox::selectionMode</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqlistbox.html#selectionMode-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the selection mode of the list box.
|
|
|
<p>Sets the list box's selection mode, which may be one of <a href="ntqlistbox.html#SelectionMode-enum">Single</a>
|
|
|
(the default), <a href="ntqlistbox.html#SelectionMode-enum">Extended</a>, <a href="ntqlistbox.html#SelectionMode-enum">Multi</a> or <a href="ntqlistbox.html#SelectionMode-enum">NoSelection</a>.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="ntqlistbox.html#SelectionMode-enum">SelectionMode</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqlistbox.html#setSelectionMode">setSelectionMode</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqlistbox.html#selectionMode">selectionMode</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QListBox::topItem</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqlistbox.html#topItem-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the index of an item at the top of the screen.
|
|
|
<p>When getting this property and the listbox has multiple columns,
|
|
|
an arbitrary item is selected and returned.
|
|
|
<p> When setting this property, the list box is scrolled so the item
|
|
|
at position <em>index</em> in the list is displayed in the top row of
|
|
|
the list box.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqlistbox.html#setTopItem">setTopItem</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqlistbox.html#topItem">topItem</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QListBox::variableHeight</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqlistbox.html#variableHeight-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds whether this list box has variable-height rows.
|
|
|
<p>When the list box has variable-height rows (the default), each row
|
|
|
is as high as the highest item in that row. When it has same-sized
|
|
|
rows, all rows are as high as the highest item in the list box.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="ntqlistbox.html#variableWidth-prop">variableWidth</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqlistbox.html#setVariableHeight">setVariableHeight</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqlistbox.html#variableHeight">variableHeight</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QListBox::variableWidth</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqlistbox.html#variableWidth-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds whether this list box has variable-width columns.
|
|
|
<p>When the list box has variable-width columns, each column is as
|
|
|
wide as the widest item in that column. When it has same-sized
|
|
|
columns (the default), all columns are as wide as the widest item
|
|
|
in the list box.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="ntqlistbox.html#variableHeight-prop">variableHeight</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqlistbox.html#setVariableWidth">setVariableWidth</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqlistbox.html#variableWidth">variableWidth</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QListView::allColumnsShowFocus</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqlistview.html#allColumnsShowFocus-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds whether items should show <a href="focus.html#keyboard-focus">keyboard focus</a> using all columns.
|
|
|
<p>If this property is TRUE all columns will show focus and selection
|
|
|
states, otherwise only column 0 will show focus.
|
|
|
<p> The default is FALSE.
|
|
|
<p> Setting this to TRUE if it's not necessary may cause noticeable
|
|
|
flicker.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqlistview.html#setAllColumnsShowFocus">setAllColumnsShowFocus</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqlistview.html#allColumnsShowFocus">allColumnsShowFocus</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QListView::childCount</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqlistview.html#childCount-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the number of parentless (top-level) <a href="qlistviewitem.html">QListViewItem</a> objects in this QListView.
|
|
|
<p>Holds the current number of parentless (top-level) QListViewItem
|
|
|
objects in this QListView.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="qlistviewitem.html#childCount">QListViewItem::childCount</a>().
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Get this property's value with <a href="ntqlistview.html#childCount">childCount</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QListView::columns</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqlistview.html#columns-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the number of columns in this list view.
|
|
|
<p>Get this property's value with <a href="ntqlistview.html#columns">columns</a>().
|
|
|
<p><p>See also <a href="ntqlistview.html#addColumn">addColumn</a>() and <a href="ntqlistview.html#removeColumn">removeColumn</a>().
|
|
|
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QListView::defaultRenameAction</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqlistview.html#defaultRenameAction-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds what action to perform when the editor loses focus during renaming.
|
|
|
<p>If this property is <a href="ntqlistview.html#RenameAction-enum">Accept</a>, and the user renames an item and
|
|
|
the editor loses focus (without the user pressing Enter), the
|
|
|
item will still be renamed. If the property's value is <a href="ntqlistview.html#RenameAction-enum">Reject</a>,
|
|
|
the item will not be renamed unless the user presses Enter. The
|
|
|
default is <a href="ntqlistview.html#RenameAction-enum">Reject</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqlistview.html#setDefaultRenameAction">setDefaultRenameAction</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqlistview.html#defaultRenameAction">defaultRenameAction</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QListView::itemMargin</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqlistview.html#itemMargin-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the advisory item margin that list items may use.
|
|
|
<p>The item margin defaults to one pixel and is the margin between
|
|
|
the item's edges and the area where it draws its contents.
|
|
|
<a href="qlistviewitem.html#paintFocus">QListViewItem::paintFocus</a>() draws in the margin.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="qlistviewitem.html#paintCell">QListViewItem::paintCell</a>().
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqlistview.html#setItemMargin">setItemMargin</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqlistview.html#itemMargin">itemMargin</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QListView::multiSelection</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqlistview.html#multiSelection-prop"> <b>This function is obsolete.</b> It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code.
|
|
|
<p> <p>This property holds whether the list view is in multi-selection or extended-selection mode.
|
|
|
<p>If you enable multi-selection, <a href="ntqlistview.html#SelectionMode-enum">Multi</a>, mode, it is possible to
|
|
|
specify whether or not this mode should be extended. <a href="ntqlistview.html#SelectionMode-enum">Extended</a>
|
|
|
means that the user can select multiple items only when pressing
|
|
|
the Shift or Ctrl key at the same time.
|
|
|
<p> The default selection mode is <a href="ntqlistview.html#SelectionMode-enum">Single</a>.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="ntqlistview.html#selectionMode-prop">selectionMode</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqlistview.html#setMultiSelection">setMultiSelection</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqlistview.html#isMultiSelection">isMultiSelection</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QListView::resizeMode</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqlistview.html#resizeMode-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds whether all, none or the only the last column should be resized.
|
|
|
<p>Specifies whether all, none or only the last column should be
|
|
|
resized to fit the full width of the list view. The values for this
|
|
|
property can be one of: <a href="ntqlistview.html#ResizeMode-enum">NoColumn</a> (the default), <a href="ntqlistview.html#ResizeMode-enum">AllColumns</a>
|
|
|
or <a href="ntqlistview.html#ResizeMode-enum">LastColumn</a>.
|
|
|
<p> <b>Warning:</b> Setting the resize mode should be done after all necessary
|
|
|
columns have been added to the list view, otherwise the behavior is
|
|
|
undefined.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="ntqheader.html">QHeader</a> and <a href="ntqlistview.html#header">header</a>().
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqlistview.html#setResizeMode">setResizeMode</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqlistview.html#resizeMode">resizeMode</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QListView::rootIsDecorated</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqlistview.html#rootIsDecorated-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds whether the list view shows open/close signs on root items.
|
|
|
<p>Open/close signs are small <b>+</b> or <b>-</b> symbols in windows
|
|
|
style, or arrows in <a href="motif-extension.html#Motif">Motif</a> style. The default is FALSE.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqlistview.html#setRootIsDecorated">setRootIsDecorated</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqlistview.html#rootIsDecorated">rootIsDecorated</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QListView::selectionMode</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqlistview.html#selectionMode-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the list view's selection mode.
|
|
|
<p>The mode can be <a href="ntqlistview.html#SelectionMode-enum">Single</a> (the default), <a href="ntqlistview.html#SelectionMode-enum">Extended</a>, <a href="ntqlistview.html#SelectionMode-enum">Multi</a> or
|
|
|
<a href="ntqlistview.html#SelectionMode-enum">NoSelection</a>.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="ntqlistview.html#multiSelection-prop">multiSelection</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqlistview.html#setSelectionMode">setSelectionMode</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqlistview.html#selectionMode">selectionMode</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QListView::showSortIndicator</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqlistview.html#showSortIndicator-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds whether the list view header should display a sort indicator.
|
|
|
<p>If this property is TRUE, an arrow is drawn in the header of the
|
|
|
list view to indicate the sort order of the list view contents.
|
|
|
The arrow will be drawn in the correct column and will point up or
|
|
|
down, depending on the current sort direction. The default is
|
|
|
FALSE (don't show an indicator).
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="ntqheader.html#setSortIndicator">QHeader::setSortIndicator</a>().
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqlistview.html#setShowSortIndicator">setShowSortIndicator</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqlistview.html#showSortIndicator">showSortIndicator</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QListView::showToolTips</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqlistview.html#showToolTips-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds whether this list view should show tooltips for truncated column texts.
|
|
|
<p>The default is TRUE.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqlistview.html#setShowToolTips">setShowToolTips</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqlistview.html#showToolTips">showToolTips</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QListView::treeStepSize</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqlistview.html#treeStepSize-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the number of pixels a child is offset from its parent.
|
|
|
<p>The default is 20 pixels.
|
|
|
<p> Of course, this property is only meaningful for hierarchical list
|
|
|
views.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqlistview.html#setTreeStepSize">setTreeStepSize</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqlistview.html#treeStepSize">treeStepSize</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QMainWindow::dockWindowsMovable</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqmainwindow.html#dockWindowsMovable-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds whether the dock windows are movable.
|
|
|
<p>If TRUE (the default), the user will be able to move movable dock
|
|
|
windows from one QMainWindow dock area to another, including the
|
|
|
<tt>TearOff</tt> area (i.e. where the dock window floats freely as a
|
|
|
window in its own right), and the <a href="ntqt.html#Dock-enum">Minimized</a> area (where only
|
|
|
the dock window's handle is shown below the menu bar). Moveable
|
|
|
dock windows can also be moved within QMainWindow dock areas, i.e.
|
|
|
to rearrange them within a dock area.
|
|
|
<p> If FALSE the user will not be able to move any dock windows.
|
|
|
<p> By default dock windows are moved transparently (i.e. only an
|
|
|
outline rectangle is shown during the drag), but this setting can
|
|
|
be changed with <a href="ntqmainwindow.html#setOpaqueMoving">setOpaqueMoving</a>().
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="ntqmainwindow.html#setDockEnabled">setDockEnabled</a>() and <a href="ntqmainwindow.html#opaqueMoving-prop">opaqueMoving</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqmainwindow.html#setDockWindowsMovable">setDockWindowsMovable</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqmainwindow.html#dockWindowsMovable">dockWindowsMovable</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QMainWindow::opaqueMoving</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqmainwindow.html#opaqueMoving-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds whether dock windows are moved opaquely.
|
|
|
<p>If TRUE the dock windows of the main window are shown opaquely
|
|
|
(i.e. it shows the toolbar as it looks when docked) whilst it is
|
|
|
being moved. If FALSE (the default) they are shown transparently,
|
|
|
(i.e. as an outline rectangle).
|
|
|
<p> <b>Warning:</b> Opaque moving of toolbars and dockwindows is known to
|
|
|
have several problems. We recommend avoiding the use of this
|
|
|
feature for the time being. We intend fixing the problems in a
|
|
|
future release.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqmainwindow.html#setOpaqueMoving">setOpaqueMoving</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqmainwindow.html#opaqueMoving">opaqueMoving</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QMainWindow::rightJustification</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqmainwindow.html#rightJustification-prop">
|
|
|
<b>This function is obsolete.</b> It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code.
|
|
|
<p> <p>This property holds whether the main window right-justifies its dock windows.
|
|
|
<p>If disabled (the default), stretchable dock windows are expanded,
|
|
|
and non-stretchable dock windows are given the minimum space they
|
|
|
need. Since most dock windows are not stretchable, this usually
|
|
|
results in an unjustified right edge (or unjustified bottom edge
|
|
|
for a vertical dock area). If enabled, the main window will
|
|
|
right-justify its dock windows.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="ntqdockwindow.html#setVerticalStretchable">QDockWindow::setVerticalStretchable</a>() and <a href="ntqdockwindow.html#setHorizontalStretchable">QDockWindow::setHorizontalStretchable</a>().
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqmainwindow.html#setRightJustification">setRightJustification</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqmainwindow.html#rightJustification">rightJustification</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QMainWindow::usesBigPixmaps</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqmainwindow.html#usesBigPixmaps-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds whether big pixmaps are enabled.
|
|
|
<p>If FALSE (the default), the tool buttons will use small pixmaps;
|
|
|
otherwise big pixmaps will be used.
|
|
|
<p> Tool buttons and other widgets that wish to respond to this
|
|
|
setting are responsible for reading the correct state on startup,
|
|
|
and for connecting to the main window's widget's
|
|
|
<a href="ntqmainwindow.html#pixmapSizeChanged">pixmapSizeChanged</a>() signal.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqmainwindow.html#setUsesBigPixmaps">setUsesBigPixmaps</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqmainwindow.html#usesBigPixmaps">usesBigPixmaps</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QMainWindow::usesTextLabel</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqmainwindow.html#usesTextLabel-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds whether text labels for toolbar buttons are enabled.
|
|
|
<p>If disabled (the default), the tool buttons will not use text
|
|
|
labels. If enabled, text labels will be used.
|
|
|
<p> Tool buttons and other widgets that wish to respond to this
|
|
|
setting are responsible for reading the correct state on startup,
|
|
|
and for connecting to the main window's widget's
|
|
|
<a href="ntqmainwindow.html#usesTextLabelChanged">usesTextLabelChanged</a>() signal.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="ntqtoolbutton.html#usesTextLabel-prop">QToolButton::usesTextLabel</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqmainwindow.html#setUsesTextLabel">setUsesTextLabel</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqmainwindow.html#usesTextLabel">usesTextLabel</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QMenuBar::defaultUp</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqmenubar.html#defaultUp-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the popup orientation.
|
|
|
<p>The default popup orientation. By default, menus pop "down" the
|
|
|
screen. By setting the property to TRUE, the menu will pop "up".
|
|
|
You might call this for menus that are <em>below</em> the document to
|
|
|
which they refer.
|
|
|
<p> If the menu would not fit on the screen, the other direction is
|
|
|
used automatically.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqmenubar.html#setDefaultUp">setDefaultUp</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqmenubar.html#isDefaultUp">isDefaultUp</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QMenuBar::separator</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqmenubar.html#separator-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds in which cases a menubar sparator is drawn.
|
|
|
<p><b>This property is obsolete.</b> It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code.
|
|
|
<p>
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqmenubar.html#setSeparator">setSeparator</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqmenubar.html#separator">separator</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QMessageBox::icon</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqmessagebox.html#icon-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the message box's icon.
|
|
|
<p>The icon of the message box can be one of the following predefined
|
|
|
icons:
|
|
|
<ul>
|
|
|
<li> QMessageBox::NoIcon
|
|
|
<li> QMessageBox::Question
|
|
|
<li> QMessageBox::Information
|
|
|
<li> QMessageBox::Warning
|
|
|
<li> QMessageBox::Critical
|
|
|
</ul>
|
|
|
<p> The actual pixmap used for displaying the icon depends on the
|
|
|
current <a href="tqwidget.html#style">GUI style</a>. You can also set
|
|
|
a custom pixmap icon using the <a href="ntqmessagebox.html#iconPixmap-prop">QMessageBox::iconPixmap</a>
|
|
|
property. The default icon is QMessageBox::NoIcon.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="ntqmessagebox.html#iconPixmap-prop">iconPixmap</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqmessagebox.html#setIcon">setIcon</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqmessagebox.html#icon">icon</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QMessageBox::iconPixmap</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqmessagebox.html#iconPixmap-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the current icon.
|
|
|
<p>The icon currently used by the message box. Note that it's often
|
|
|
hard to draw one pixmap that looks appropriate in both <a href="motif-extension.html#Motif">Motif</a> and
|
|
|
Windows GUI styles; you may want to draw two pixmaps.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="ntqmessagebox.html#icon-prop">icon</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqmessagebox.html#setIconPixmap">setIconPixmap</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqmessagebox.html#iconPixmap">iconPixmap</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QMessageBox::text</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqmessagebox.html#text-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the message box text to be displayed.
|
|
|
<p>The text will be interpreted either as a plain text or as rich
|
|
|
text, depending on the text format setting (<a href="ntqmessagebox.html#textFormat-prop">QMessageBox::textFormat</a>). The default setting is <a href="ntqt.html#TextFormat-enum">AutoText</a>, i.e.
|
|
|
the message box will try to auto-detect the format of the text.
|
|
|
<p> The default value of this property is <a href="ntqstring.html#TQString-null">TQString::null</a>.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="ntqmessagebox.html#textFormat-prop">textFormat</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqmessagebox.html#setText">setText</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqmessagebox.html#text">text</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QMessageBox::textFormat</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqmessagebox.html#textFormat-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the format of the text displayed by the message box.
|
|
|
<p>The current text format used by the message box. See the <a href="ntqt.html#TextFormat-enum">TQt::TextFormat</a> enum for an explanation of the possible options.
|
|
|
<p> The default format is <a href="ntqt.html#TextFormat-enum">AutoText</a>.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="ntqmessagebox.html#text-prop">text</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqmessagebox.html#setTextFormat">setTextFormat</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqmessagebox.html#textFormat">textFormat</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QMultiLineEdit::alignment</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqmultilineedit.html#alignment-prop"> <p>This property holds the editor's paragraph alignment.
|
|
|
<p>Sets the alignment to flag, which must be <a href="ntqt.html#AlignmentFlags-enum">AlignLeft</a>, <a href="ntqt.html#AlignmentFlags-enum">AlignHCenter</a> or <a href="ntqt.html#AlignmentFlags-enum">AlignRight</a>.
|
|
|
<p> If flag is an illegal flag nothing happens.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="ntqt.html#AlignmentFlags-enum">TQt::AlignmentFlags</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqmultilineedit.html#setAlignment">setAlignment</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqmultilineedit.html#alignment">alignment</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QMultiLineEdit::atBeginning</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqmultilineedit.html#atBeginning-prop"> <p>This property holds whether the cursor is placed at the beginning of the text.
|
|
|
<p>Get this property's value with <a href="ntqmultilineedit.html#atBeginning">atBeginning</a>().
|
|
|
<p><p>See also <a href="ntqmultilineedit.html#atEnd-prop">atEnd</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QMultiLineEdit::atEnd</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqmultilineedit.html#atEnd-prop"> <p>This property holds whether the cursor is placed at the end of the text.
|
|
|
<p>Get this property's value with <a href="ntqmultilineedit.html#atEnd">atEnd</a>().
|
|
|
<p><p>See also <a href="ntqmultilineedit.html#atBeginning-prop">atBeginning</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QMultiLineEdit::edited</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqmultilineedit.html#edited-prop"> <p>This property holds whether the document has been edited by the user.
|
|
|
<p>This is the same as <a href="ntqtextedit.html">QTextEdit</a>'s "modifed" property.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="ntqtextedit.html#modified-prop">QTextEdit::modified</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqmultilineedit.html#setEdited">setEdited</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqmultilineedit.html#edited">edited</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QMultiLineEdit::numLines</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqmultilineedit.html#numLines-prop"> <p>This property holds the number of paragraphs in the editor.
|
|
|
<p>The count includes any empty paragraph at top and bottom, so for an
|
|
|
empty editor this method returns 1.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Get this property's value with <a href="ntqmultilineedit.html#numLines">numLines</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>TQObject::name</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="tqobject.html#name-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the name of this object.
|
|
|
<p>You can find an object by name (and type) using <a href="tqobject.html#child">child</a>(). You can
|
|
|
find a set of objects with <a href="tqobject.html#queryList">queryList</a>().
|
|
|
<p> The object name is set by the constructor or by the <a href="tqobject.html#setName">setName</a>()
|
|
|
function. The object name is not very useful in the current
|
|
|
version of Qt, but will become increasingly important in the
|
|
|
future.
|
|
|
<p> If the object does not have a name, the <a href="tqobject.html#name">name</a>() function returns
|
|
|
"unnamed", so printf() (used in <a href="ntqapplication.html#qDebug">qDebug</a>()) will not be asked to
|
|
|
output a null pointer. If you want a null pointer to be returned
|
|
|
for unnamed objects, you can call name( 0 ).
|
|
|
<p> <pre>
|
|
|
<a href="ntqapplication.html#qDebug">qDebug</a>( "MyClass::setPrecision(): (%s) invalid precision %f",
|
|
|
<a href="tqobject.html#name">name</a>(), newPrecision );
|
|
|
</pre>
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="tqobject.html#className">className</a>(), <a href="tqobject.html#child">child</a>(), and <a href="tqobject.html#queryList">queryList</a>().
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="tqobject.html#setName">setName</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="tqobject.html#name">name</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QPopupMenu::checkable</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqpopupmenu.html#checkable-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds whether the display of check marks on menu items is enabled.
|
|
|
<p>When TRUE, the display of check marks on menu items is enabled.
|
|
|
Checking is always enabled when in Windows-style.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="ntqmenudata.html#setItemChecked">QMenuData::setItemChecked</a>().
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqpopupmenu.html#setCheckable">setCheckable</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqpopupmenu.html#isCheckable">isCheckable</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QProgressBar::centerIndicator</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqprogressbar.html#centerIndicator-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds whether the indicator string should be centered.
|
|
|
<p>Changing this property sets <a href="ntqprogressbar.html#indicatorFollowsStyle-prop">QProgressBar::indicatorFollowsStyle</a>
|
|
|
to FALSE. The default is TRUE.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqprogressbar.html#setCenterIndicator">setCenterIndicator</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqprogressbar.html#centerIndicator">centerIndicator</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QProgressBar::indicatorFollowsStyle</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqprogressbar.html#indicatorFollowsStyle-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds whether the display of the indicator string should follow the GUI style.
|
|
|
<p>The default is TRUE.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="ntqprogressbar.html#centerIndicator-prop">centerIndicator</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqprogressbar.html#setIndicatorFollowsStyle">setIndicatorFollowsStyle</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqprogressbar.html#indicatorFollowsStyle">indicatorFollowsStyle</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QProgressBar::percentageVisible</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqprogressbar.html#percentageVisible-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds whether the current progress value is displayed.
|
|
|
<p>The default is TRUE.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="ntqprogressbar.html#centerIndicator-prop">centerIndicator</a> and <a href="ntqprogressbar.html#indicatorFollowsStyle-prop">indicatorFollowsStyle</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqprogressbar.html#setPercentageVisible">setPercentageVisible</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqprogressbar.html#percentageVisible">percentageVisible</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QProgressBar::progress</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqprogressbar.html#progress-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the current amount of progress.
|
|
|
<p>This property is -1 if progress counting has not started.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqprogressbar.html#setProgress">setProgress</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqprogressbar.html#progress">progress</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QProgressBar::progressString</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqprogressbar.html#progressString-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the amount of progress as a string.
|
|
|
<p>This property is <a href="ntqstring.html#TQString-null">TQString::null</a> if progress counting has not started.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Get this property's value with <a href="ntqprogressbar.html#progressString">progressString</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QProgressBar::totalSteps</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqprogressbar.html#totalSteps-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the total number of steps.
|
|
|
<p>If totalSteps is 0, the progress bar will display a busy
|
|
|
indicator.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqprogressbar.html#setTotalSteps">setTotalSteps</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqprogressbar.html#totalSteps">totalSteps</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QProgressDialog::autoClose</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqprogressdialog.html#autoClose-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds whether the dialog gets hidden by <a href="ntqprogressdialog.html#reset">reset</a>().
|
|
|
<p>The default is TRUE.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="ntqprogressdialog.html#autoReset-prop">autoReset</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqprogressdialog.html#setAutoClose">setAutoClose</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqprogressdialog.html#autoClose">autoClose</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QProgressDialog::autoReset</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqprogressdialog.html#autoReset-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds whether the progress dialog calls <a href="ntqprogressdialog.html#reset">reset</a>() as soon as <a href="ntqprogressdialog.html#progress">progress</a>() equals <a href="ntqprogressdialog.html#totalSteps">totalSteps</a>().
|
|
|
<p>The default is TRUE.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="ntqprogressdialog.html#autoClose-prop">autoClose</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqprogressdialog.html#setAutoReset">setAutoReset</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqprogressdialog.html#autoReset">autoReset</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QProgressDialog::labelText</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqprogressdialog.html#labelText-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the label's text.
|
|
|
<p>The default text is <a href="ntqstring.html#TQString-null">TQString::null</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqprogressdialog.html#setLabelText">setLabelText</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqprogressdialog.html#labelText">labelText</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QProgressDialog::minimumDuration</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqprogressdialog.html#minimumDuration-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the time that must pass before the dialog appears.
|
|
|
<p>If the expected duration of the task is less than the
|
|
|
minimumDuration, the dialog will not appear at all. This prevents
|
|
|
the dialog popping up for tasks that are quickly over. For tasks
|
|
|
that are expected to exceed the minimumDuration, the dialog will
|
|
|
pop up after the minimumDuration time or as soon as any progress
|
|
|
is set.
|
|
|
<p> If set to 0, the dialog is always shown as soon as any progress is
|
|
|
set. The default is 4000 milliseconds.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqprogressdialog.html#setMinimumDuration">setMinimumDuration</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqprogressdialog.html#minimumDuration">minimumDuration</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QProgressDialog::progress</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqprogressdialog.html#progress-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the current amount of progress made.
|
|
|
<p>For the progress dialog to work as expected, you should initially set
|
|
|
this property to 0 and finally set it to
|
|
|
<a href="ntqprogressdialog.html#totalSteps">QProgressDialog::totalSteps</a>(); you can call <a href="ntqprogressdialog.html#setProgress">setProgress</a>() any number of times
|
|
|
in-between.
|
|
|
<p> <b>Warning:</b> If the progress dialog is modal
|
|
|
(see <a href="ntqprogressdialog.html#QProgressDialog">QProgressDialog::QProgressDialog</a>()),
|
|
|
this function calls <a href="ntqapplication.html#processEvents">QApplication::processEvents</a>(), so take care that
|
|
|
this does not cause undesirable re-entrancy in your code. For example,
|
|
|
don't use a QProgressDialog inside a <a href="tqwidget.html#paintEvent">paintEvent</a>()!
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="ntqprogressdialog.html#totalSteps-prop">totalSteps</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqprogressdialog.html#setProgress">setProgress</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqprogressdialog.html#progress">progress</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QProgressDialog::totalSteps</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqprogressdialog.html#totalSteps-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the total number of steps.
|
|
|
<p>The default is 0.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqprogressdialog.html#setTotalSteps">setTotalSteps</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqprogressdialog.html#totalSteps">totalSteps</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QProgressDialog::wasCanceled</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqprogressdialog.html#wasCanceled-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds whether the dialog was canceled.
|
|
|
<p>Get this property's value with <a href="ntqprogressdialog.html#wasCanceled">wasCanceled</a>().
|
|
|
<p><p>See also <a href="ntqprogressdialog.html#progress-prop">progress</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QProgressDialog::wasCancelled</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqprogressdialog.html#wasCancelled-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds whether the dialog was canceled.
|
|
|
<p><b>This property is obsolete.</b> It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code.
|
|
|
<p> Use <a href="ntqprogressdialog.html#wasCanceled-prop">wasCanceled</a> instead.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Get this property's value with <a href="ntqprogressdialog.html#wasCancelled">wasCancelled</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QPushButton::autoDefault</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqpushbutton.html#autoDefault-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds whether the push button is the auto default button.
|
|
|
<p>If this property is set to TRUE then the push button is the auto
|
|
|
default button in a dialog.
|
|
|
<p> In some GUI styles a default button is drawn with an extra frame
|
|
|
around it, up to 3 pixels or more. TQt automatically keeps this
|
|
|
space free around auto-default buttons, i.e. auto-default buttons
|
|
|
may have a slightly larger size hint.
|
|
|
<p> This property's default is TRUE for buttons that have a <a href="ntqdialog.html">QDialog</a>
|
|
|
parent; otherwise it defaults to FALSE.
|
|
|
<p> See the <a href="ntqpushbutton.html#default-prop">default</a> property for details of how <a href="ntqpushbutton.html#default-prop">default</a> and
|
|
|
auto-default interact.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqpushbutton.html#setAutoDefault">setAutoDefault</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqpushbutton.html#autoDefault">autoDefault</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QPushButton::default</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqpushbutton.html#default-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds whether the push button is the default button.
|
|
|
<p>If this property is set to TRUE then the push button will be
|
|
|
pressed if the user presses the Enter (or Return) key in a dialog.
|
|
|
<p> Regardless of focus, if the user presses Enter: If there is a
|
|
|
default button the default button is pressed; otherwise, if
|
|
|
there are one or more <a href="ntqpushbutton.html#autoDefault-prop">autoDefault</a> buttons the first <a href="ntqpushbutton.html#autoDefault-prop">autoDefault</a>
|
|
|
button that is next in the tab order is pressed. If there are no
|
|
|
default or <a href="ntqpushbutton.html#autoDefault-prop">autoDefault</a> buttons only pressing Space on a button
|
|
|
with focus, mouse clicking, or using an accelerator will press a
|
|
|
button.
|
|
|
<p> In a dialog, only one push button at a time can be the default
|
|
|
button. This button is then displayed with an additional frame
|
|
|
(depending on the GUI style).
|
|
|
<p> The default button behavior is provided only in dialogs. Buttons
|
|
|
can always be clicked from the keyboard by pressing Enter (or
|
|
|
Return) or the Spacebar when the button has focus.
|
|
|
<p> This property's default is FALSE.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqpushbutton.html#setDefault">setDefault</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqpushbutton.html#isDefault">isDefault</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QPushButton::flat</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqpushbutton.html#flat-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds whether the border is disabled.
|
|
|
<p>This property's default is FALSE.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqpushbutton.html#setFlat">setFlat</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqpushbutton.html#isFlat">isFlat</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QPushButton::iconSet</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqpushbutton.html#iconSet-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the icon set on the push button.
|
|
|
<p>This property will return 0 if the push button has no iconset.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqpushbutton.html#setIconSet">setIconSet</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqpushbutton.html#iconSet">iconSet</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QPushButton::menuButton</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqpushbutton.html#menuButton-prop"> <p>This property holds whether the push button has a menu button on it.
|
|
|
<p><b>This property is obsolete.</b> It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code.
|
|
|
<p> If this property is set to TRUE, then a down arrow is drawn on the push
|
|
|
button to indicate that a menu will pop up if the user clicks on the
|
|
|
arrow.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Get this property's value with <a href="ntqpushbutton.html#isMenuButton">isMenuButton</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QRadioButton::checked</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqradiobutton.html#checked-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds whether the radio button is checked.
|
|
|
<p>This property will not effect any other radio buttons unless they
|
|
|
have been placed in the same <a href="ntqbuttongroup.html">QButtonGroup</a>. The default value is
|
|
|
FALSE (unchecked).
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqradiobutton.html#setChecked">setChecked</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqradiobutton.html#isChecked">isChecked</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QScrollBar::draggingSlider</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqscrollbar.html#draggingSlider-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds whether the user has clicked the mouse on the slider and is currently dragging it.
|
|
|
<p>
|
|
|
<p>Get this property's value with <a href="ntqscrollbar.html#draggingSlider">draggingSlider</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QScrollBar::lineStep</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqscrollbar.html#lineStep-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the line step.
|
|
|
<p>When setting lineStep, the virtual <a href="ntqrangecontrol.html#stepChange">stepChange</a>() function will be
|
|
|
called if the new line step is different from the previous
|
|
|
setting.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="ntqrangecontrol.html#setSteps">setSteps</a>(), <a href="ntqrangecontrol.html#pageStep">QRangeControl::pageStep</a>(), and <a href="ntqrangecontrol.html#setRange">setRange</a>().
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqscrollbar.html#setLineStep">setLineStep</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqscrollbar.html#lineStep">lineStep</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QScrollBar::maxValue</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqscrollbar.html#maxValue-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the scroll bar's maximum value.
|
|
|
<p>When setting this property, the <a href="ntqscrollbar.html#minValue-prop">QScrollBar::minValue</a> is
|
|
|
adjusted if necessary to ensure that the range remains valid.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="ntqrangecontrol.html#setRange">setRange</a>().
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqscrollbar.html#setMaxValue">setMaxValue</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqscrollbar.html#maxValue">maxValue</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QScrollBar::minValue</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqscrollbar.html#minValue-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the scroll bar's minimum value.
|
|
|
<p>When setting this property, the <a href="ntqscrollbar.html#maxValue-prop">QScrollBar::maxValue</a> is
|
|
|
adjusted if necessary to ensure that the range remains valid.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="ntqrangecontrol.html#setRange">setRange</a>().
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqscrollbar.html#setMinValue">setMinValue</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqscrollbar.html#minValue">minValue</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QScrollBar::orientation</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqscrollbar.html#orientation-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the orientation of the scroll bar.
|
|
|
<p>The orientation must be <a href="ntqt.html#Orientation-enum">TQt::Vertical</a> (the default) or <a href="ntqt.html#Orientation-enum">TQt::Horizontal</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqscrollbar.html#setOrientation">setOrientation</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqscrollbar.html#orientation">orientation</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QScrollBar::pageStep</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqscrollbar.html#pageStep-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the page step.
|
|
|
<p>When setting pageStep, the virtual <a href="ntqrangecontrol.html#stepChange">stepChange</a>() function will be
|
|
|
called if the new page step is different from the previous
|
|
|
setting.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="ntqrangecontrol.html#setSteps">QRangeControl::setSteps</a>(), <a href="ntqscrollbar.html#lineStep-prop">lineStep</a>, and <a href="ntqrangecontrol.html#setRange">setRange</a>().
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqscrollbar.html#setPageStep">setPageStep</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqscrollbar.html#pageStep">pageStep</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QScrollBar::tracking</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqscrollbar.html#tracking-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds whether scroll bar tracking is enabled.
|
|
|
<p>If tracking is enabled (the default), the scroll bar emits the
|
|
|
<a href="ntqscrollbar.html#valueChanged">valueChanged</a>() signal while the slider is being dragged. If
|
|
|
tracking is disabled, the scroll bar emits the valueChanged()
|
|
|
signal only when the user releases the mouse button after moving
|
|
|
the slider.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqscrollbar.html#setTracking">setTracking</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqscrollbar.html#tracking">tracking</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QScrollBar::value</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqscrollbar.html#value-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the scroll bar's value.
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqscrollbar.html#setValue">setValue</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqscrollbar.html#value">value</a>().
|
|
|
<p><p>See also <a href="ntqrangecontrol.html#value">QRangeControl::value</a>() and <a href="ntqrangecontrol.html#prevValue">prevValue</a>().
|
|
|
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QScrollView::contentsHeight</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqscrollview.html#contentsHeight-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the height of the contents area.
|
|
|
<p>
|
|
|
<p>Get this property's value with <a href="ntqscrollview.html#contentsHeight">contentsHeight</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QScrollView::contentsWidth</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqscrollview.html#contentsWidth-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the width of the contents area.
|
|
|
<p>
|
|
|
<p>Get this property's value with <a href="ntqscrollview.html#contentsWidth">contentsWidth</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QScrollView::contentsX</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqscrollview.html#contentsX-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the X coordinate of the contents that are at the left edge of the viewport.
|
|
|
<p>
|
|
|
<p>Get this property's value with <a href="ntqscrollview.html#contentsX">contentsX</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QScrollView::contentsY</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqscrollview.html#contentsY-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the Y coordinate of the contents that are at the top edge of the viewport.
|
|
|
<p>
|
|
|
<p>Get this property's value with <a href="ntqscrollview.html#contentsY">contentsY</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QScrollView::dragAutoScroll</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqscrollview.html#dragAutoScroll-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds whether autoscrolling in drag move events is enabled.
|
|
|
<p>If this property is set to TRUE (the default), the QScrollView
|
|
|
automatically scrolls the contents in drag move events if the user
|
|
|
moves the cursor close to a border of the view. Of course this
|
|
|
works only if the viewport accepts drops. Specifying FALSE
|
|
|
disables this autoscroll feature.
|
|
|
<p> <b>Warning:</b> Enabling this property might not be enough to
|
|
|
effectively turn on autoscrolling. If you put a custom widget in
|
|
|
the QScrollView, you might need to call QDragEvent::ignore() on
|
|
|
the event in the <a href="tqwidget.html#dragEnterEvent">dragEnterEvent</a>() and <a href="tqwidget.html#dragMoveEvent">dragMoveEvent</a>()
|
|
|
reimplementations.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqscrollview.html#setDragAutoScroll">setDragAutoScroll</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqscrollview.html#dragAutoScroll">dragAutoScroll</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QScrollView::hScrollBarMode</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqscrollview.html#hScrollBarMode-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the mode for the horizontal scroll bar.
|
|
|
<p>The default mode is <a href="ntqscrollview.html#ScrollBarMode-enum">QScrollView::Auto</a>.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="ntqscrollview.html#vScrollBarMode-prop">vScrollBarMode</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqscrollview.html#setHScrollBarMode">setHScrollBarMode</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqscrollview.html#hScrollBarMode">hScrollBarMode</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QScrollView::resizePolicy</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqscrollview.html#resizePolicy-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the resize policy.
|
|
|
<p>The default is <a href="ntqscrollview.html#ResizePolicy-enum">Default</a>.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="ntqscrollview.html#ResizePolicy-enum">ResizePolicy</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqscrollview.html#setResizePolicy">setResizePolicy</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqscrollview.html#resizePolicy">resizePolicy</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QScrollView::vScrollBarMode</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqscrollview.html#vScrollBarMode-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the mode for the vertical scroll bar.
|
|
|
<p>The default mode is <a href="ntqscrollview.html#ScrollBarMode-enum">QScrollView::Auto</a>.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="ntqscrollview.html#hScrollBarMode-prop">hScrollBarMode</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqscrollview.html#setVScrollBarMode">setVScrollBarMode</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqscrollview.html#vScrollBarMode">vScrollBarMode</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QScrollView::visibleHeight</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqscrollview.html#visibleHeight-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the vertical amount of the content that is visible.
|
|
|
<p>
|
|
|
<p>Get this property's value with <a href="ntqscrollview.html#visibleHeight">visibleHeight</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QScrollView::visibleWidth</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqscrollview.html#visibleWidth-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the horizontal amount of the content that is visible.
|
|
|
<p>
|
|
|
<p>Get this property's value with <a href="ntqscrollview.html#visibleWidth">visibleWidth</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QSlider::lineStep</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqslider.html#lineStep-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the current line step.
|
|
|
<p>When setting lineStep, the virtual <a href="ntqrangecontrol.html#stepChange">stepChange</a>() function will be
|
|
|
called if the new line step is different from the previous
|
|
|
setting.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="ntqrangecontrol.html#setSteps">setSteps</a>(), <a href="ntqrangecontrol.html#pageStep">QRangeControl::pageStep</a>(), and <a href="ntqrangecontrol.html#setRange">setRange</a>().
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqslider.html#setLineStep">setLineStep</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqslider.html#lineStep">lineStep</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QSlider::maxValue</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqslider.html#maxValue-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the current maximum value of the slider.
|
|
|
<p>When setting this property, the <a href="ntqslider.html#minValue-prop">QSlider::minValue</a> is adjusted,
|
|
|
if necessary, to ensure that the range remains valid.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="ntqrangecontrol.html#setRange">setRange</a>().
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqslider.html#setMaxValue">setMaxValue</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqslider.html#maxValue">maxValue</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QSlider::minValue</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqslider.html#minValue-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the current minimum value of the slider.
|
|
|
<p>When setting this property, the <a href="ntqslider.html#maxValue-prop">QSlider::maxValue</a> is adjusted,
|
|
|
if necessary, to ensure that the range remains valid.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="ntqrangecontrol.html#setRange">setRange</a>().
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqslider.html#setMinValue">setMinValue</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqslider.html#minValue">minValue</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QSlider::orientation</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqslider.html#orientation-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the slider's orientation.
|
|
|
<p>The orientation must be <a href="ntqt.html#Orientation-enum">TQt::Vertical</a> (the default) or <a href="ntqt.html#Orientation-enum">TQt::Horizontal</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqslider.html#setOrientation">setOrientation</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqslider.html#orientation">orientation</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QSlider::pageStep</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqslider.html#pageStep-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the current page step.
|
|
|
<p>When setting pageStep, the virtual <a href="ntqrangecontrol.html#stepChange">stepChange</a>() function will be
|
|
|
called if the new page step is different from the previous
|
|
|
setting.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="ntqrangecontrol.html#setSteps">QRangeControl::setSteps</a>(), <a href="ntqslider.html#lineStep-prop">lineStep</a>, and <a href="ntqrangecontrol.html#setRange">setRange</a>().
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqslider.html#setPageStep">setPageStep</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqslider.html#pageStep">pageStep</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QSlider::tickInterval</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqslider.html#tickInterval-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the interval between tickmarks.
|
|
|
<p>This is a value interval, not a pixel interval. If it is 0, the
|
|
|
slider will choose between <a href="ntqslider.html#lineStep">lineStep</a>() and <a href="ntqslider.html#pageStep">pageStep</a>(). The initial
|
|
|
value of tickInterval is 0.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="ntqrangecontrol.html#lineStep">QRangeControl::lineStep</a>() and <a href="ntqrangecontrol.html#pageStep">QRangeControl::pageStep</a>().
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqslider.html#setTickInterval">setTickInterval</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqslider.html#tickInterval">tickInterval</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QSlider::tickmarks</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqslider.html#tickmarks-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the tickmark settings for this slider.
|
|
|
<p>The valid values are in <a href="ntqslider.html#TickSetting-enum">QSlider::TickSetting</a>. The default is
|
|
|
<a href="ntqslider.html#TickSetting-enum">NoMarks</a>.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="ntqslider.html#tickInterval-prop">tickInterval</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqslider.html#setTickmarks">setTickmarks</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqslider.html#tickmarks">tickmarks</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QSlider::tracking</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqslider.html#tracking-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds whether slider tracking is enabled.
|
|
|
<p>If tracking is enabled (the default), the slider emits the
|
|
|
<a href="ntqslider.html#valueChanged">valueChanged</a>() signal whenever the slider is being dragged. If
|
|
|
tracking is disabled, the slider emits the valueChanged() signal
|
|
|
when the user releases the mouse button (unless the value happens
|
|
|
to be the same as before).
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqslider.html#setTracking">setTracking</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqslider.html#tracking">tracking</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QSlider::value</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqslider.html#value-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the current slider value.
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqslider.html#setValue">setValue</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqslider.html#value">value</a>().
|
|
|
<p><p>See also <a href="ntqrangecontrol.html#value">QRangeControl::value</a>() and <a href="ntqrangecontrol.html#prevValue">prevValue</a>().
|
|
|
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QSpinBox::buttonSymbols</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqspinbox.html#buttonSymbols-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the current button symbol mode.
|
|
|
<p>The possible values can be either <a href="ntqspinbox.html#ButtonSymbols-enum">UpDownArrows</a> or <a href="ntqspinbox.html#ButtonSymbols-enum">PlusMinus</a>.
|
|
|
The default is <a href="ntqspinbox.html#ButtonSymbols-enum">UpDownArrows</a>.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="ntqspinbox.html#ButtonSymbols-enum">ButtonSymbols</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqspinbox.html#setButtonSymbols">setButtonSymbols</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqspinbox.html#buttonSymbols">buttonSymbols</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QSpinBox::cleanText</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqspinbox.html#cleanText-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the spin box's text with no <a href="ntqspinbox.html#prefix">prefix</a>(), <a href="ntqspinbox.html#suffix">suffix</a>() or leading or trailing whitespace.
|
|
|
<p>Get this property's value with <a href="ntqspinbox.html#cleanText">cleanText</a>().
|
|
|
<p><p>See also <a href="ntqspinbox.html#text-prop">text</a>, <a href="ntqspinbox.html#prefix-prop">prefix</a>, and <a href="ntqspinbox.html#suffix-prop">suffix</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QSpinBox::lineStep</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqspinbox.html#lineStep-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the line step.
|
|
|
<p>When the user uses the arrows to change the spin box's value the
|
|
|
value will be incremented/decremented by the amount of the line
|
|
|
step.
|
|
|
<p> The <a href="ntqspinbox.html#setLineStep">setLineStep</a>() function calls the virtual <a href="ntqrangecontrol.html#stepChange">stepChange</a>() function
|
|
|
if the new line step is different from the previous setting.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="ntqrangecontrol.html#setSteps">QRangeControl::setSteps</a>() and <a href="ntqrangecontrol.html#setRange">setRange</a>().
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqspinbox.html#setLineStep">setLineStep</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqspinbox.html#lineStep">lineStep</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QSpinBox::maxValue</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqspinbox.html#maxValue-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the maximum value of the spin box.
|
|
|
<p>When setting this property, <a href="ntqspinbox.html#minValue-prop">QSpinBox::minValue</a> is adjusted, if
|
|
|
necessary, to ensure that the range remains valid.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="ntqrangecontrol.html#setRange">setRange</a>() and <a href="ntqspinbox.html#specialValueText-prop">specialValueText</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqspinbox.html#setMaxValue">setMaxValue</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqspinbox.html#maxValue">maxValue</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QSpinBox::minValue</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqspinbox.html#minValue-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the minimum value of the spin box.
|
|
|
<p>When setting this property, <a href="ntqspinbox.html#maxValue-prop">QSpinBox::maxValue</a> is adjusted, if
|
|
|
necessary, to ensure that the range remains valid.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="ntqrangecontrol.html#setRange">setRange</a>() and <a href="ntqspinbox.html#specialValueText-prop">specialValueText</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqspinbox.html#setMinValue">setMinValue</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqspinbox.html#minValue">minValue</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QSpinBox::prefix</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqspinbox.html#prefix-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the spin box's prefix.
|
|
|
<p>The prefix is prepended to the start of the displayed value.
|
|
|
Typical use is to display a unit of measurement or a currency
|
|
|
symbol. For example:
|
|
|
<p> <pre>
|
|
|
sb-&gt;setPrefix( "$" );
|
|
|
</pre>
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p> To turn off the prefix display, set this property to an empty
|
|
|
string. The default is no prefix. The prefix is not displayed for
|
|
|
the <a href="ntqspinbox.html#minValue">minValue</a>() if <a href="ntqspinbox.html#specialValueText">specialValueText</a>() is not empty.
|
|
|
<p> If no prefix is set, <a href="ntqspinbox.html#prefix">prefix</a>() returns <a href="ntqstring.html#TQString-null">TQString::null</a>.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="ntqspinbox.html#suffix-prop">suffix</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqspinbox.html#setPrefix">setPrefix</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqspinbox.html#prefix">prefix</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QSpinBox::specialValueText</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqspinbox.html#specialValueText-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the special-value text.
|
|
|
<p>If set, the spin box will display this text instead of a numeric
|
|
|
value whenever the current value is equal to minVal(). Typical use
|
|
|
is to indicate that this choice has a special (default) meaning.
|
|
|
<p> For example, if your spin box allows the user to choose the margin
|
|
|
width in a print dialog and your application is able to
|
|
|
automatically choose a good margin width, you can set up the spin
|
|
|
box like this:
|
|
|
<pre>
|
|
|
QSpinBox marginBox( -1, 20, 1, parent, "marginBox" );
|
|
|
marginBox-&gt;<a href="ntqspinbox.html#setSuffix">setSuffix</a>( " mm" );
|
|
|
marginBox-&gt;<a href="ntqspinbox.html#setSpecialValueText">setSpecialValueText</a>( "Auto" );
|
|
|
</pre>
|
|
|
|
|
|
The user will then be able to choose a margin width from 0-20
|
|
|
millimeters or select "Auto" to leave it to the application to
|
|
|
choose. Your code must then interpret the spin box value of -1 as
|
|
|
the user requesting automatic margin width.
|
|
|
<p> All values are displayed with the <a href="ntqspinbox.html#prefix">prefix</a>() and <a href="ntqspinbox.html#suffix">suffix</a>() (if set),
|
|
|
<em>except</em> for the special value, which only shows the special
|
|
|
value text.
|
|
|
<p> To turn off the special-value text display, call this function
|
|
|
with an empty string. The default is no special-value text, i.e.
|
|
|
the numeric value is shown as usual.
|
|
|
<p> If no special-value text is set, <a href="ntqspinbox.html#specialValueText">specialValueText</a>() returns
|
|
|
<a href="ntqstring.html#TQString-null">TQString::null</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqspinbox.html#setSpecialValueText">setSpecialValueText</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqspinbox.html#specialValueText">specialValueText</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QSpinBox::suffix</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqspinbox.html#suffix-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the suffix of the spin box.
|
|
|
<p>The suffix is appended to the end of the displayed value. Typical
|
|
|
use is to display a unit of measurement or a currency symbol. For
|
|
|
example:
|
|
|
<p> <pre>
|
|
|
sb-&gt;setSuffix( " km" );
|
|
|
</pre>
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p> To turn off the suffix display, set this property to an empty
|
|
|
string. The default is no suffix. The suffix is not displayed for
|
|
|
the <a href="ntqspinbox.html#minValue">minValue</a>() if <a href="ntqspinbox.html#specialValueText">specialValueText</a>() is not empty.
|
|
|
<p> If no suffix is set, <a href="ntqspinbox.html#suffix">suffix</a>() returns a <a href="ntqstring.html#TQString-null">TQString::null</a>.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="ntqspinbox.html#prefix-prop">prefix</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqspinbox.html#setSuffix">setSuffix</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqspinbox.html#suffix">suffix</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QSpinBox::text</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqspinbox.html#text-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the spin box's text, including any <a href="ntqspinbox.html#prefix">prefix</a>() and <a href="ntqspinbox.html#suffix">suffix</a>().
|
|
|
<p>There is no default text.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="ntqspinbox.html#value-prop">value</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Get this property's value with <a href="ntqspinbox.html#text">text</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QSpinBox::value</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqspinbox.html#value-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the value of the spin box.
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqspinbox.html#setValue">setValue</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqspinbox.html#value">value</a>().
|
|
|
<p><p>See also <a href="ntqrangecontrol.html#setValue">QRangeControl::setValue</a>().
|
|
|
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QSpinBox::wrapping</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqspinbox.html#wrapping-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds whether it is possible to step the value from the highest value to the lowest value and vice versa.
|
|
|
<p>By default, wrapping is turned off.
|
|
|
<p> If you have a range of 0..100 and wrapping is off when the user
|
|
|
reaches 100 and presses the Up Arrow nothing will happen; but if
|
|
|
wrapping is on the value will change from 100 to 0, then to 1,
|
|
|
etc. When wrapping is on, navigating past the highest value takes
|
|
|
you to the lowest and vice versa.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="ntqspinbox.html#minValue-prop">minValue</a>, <a href="ntqspinbox.html#maxValue-prop">maxValue</a>, and <a href="ntqrangecontrol.html#setRange">setRange</a>().
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqspinbox.html#setWrapping">setWrapping</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqspinbox.html#wrapping">wrapping</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QSplitter::childrenCollapsible</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqsplitter.html#childrenCollapsible-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds whether child widgets can be resized down to size 0 by the user.
|
|
|
<p>By default, children are collapsible. It is possible to enable
|
|
|
and disable the collapsing of individual children; see
|
|
|
<a href="ntqsplitter.html#setCollapsible">setCollapsible</a>().
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqsplitter.html#setChildrenCollapsible">setChildrenCollapsible</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqsplitter.html#childrenCollapsible">childrenCollapsible</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QSplitter::handleWidth</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqsplitter.html#handleWidth-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the width of the splitter handle.
|
|
|
<p>
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqsplitter.html#setHandleWidth">setHandleWidth</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqsplitter.html#handleWidth">handleWidth</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QSplitter::opaqueResize</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqsplitter.html#opaqueResize-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds whether resizing is opaque.
|
|
|
<p>Opaque resizing is off by default.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqsplitter.html#setOpaqueResize">setOpaqueResize</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqsplitter.html#opaqueResize">opaqueResize</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QSplitter::orientation</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqsplitter.html#orientation-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the orientation of the splitter.
|
|
|
<p>By default the orientation is horizontal (the widgets are side by
|
|
|
side). The possible orientations are <a href="ntqt.html#Orientation-enum">Horizontal</a> and
|
|
|
<a href="ntqt.html#Orientation-enum">Vertical</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqsplitter.html#setOrientation">setOrientation</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqsplitter.html#orientation">orientation</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>TQSqlDatabase::connectOptions</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="tqsqldatabase.html#connectOptions-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the database connect options.
|
|
|
<p>The format of the options string is a semi-colon separated list of
|
|
|
option names or option = value pairs. The options depend on the
|
|
|
database client used:
|
|
|
<p> <center><table cellpadding="4" cellspacing="2" border="0">
|
|
|
<tr bgcolor="#a2c511"> <th valign="top">ODBC <th valign="top">MySQL <th valign="top">PostgreSQL
|
|
|
<tr bgcolor="#f0f0f0">
|
|
|
<p> <td valign="top">
|
|
|
<ul>
|
|
|
<li> SQL_ATTR_ACCESS_MODE
|
|
|
<li> SQL_ATTR_LOGIN_TIMEOUT
|
|
|
<li> SQL_ATTR_CONNECTION_TIMEOUT
|
|
|
<li> SQL_ATTR_CURRENT_CATALOG
|
|
|
<li> SQL_ATTR_METADATA_ID
|
|
|
<li> SQL_ATTR_PACKET_SIZE
|
|
|
<li> SQL_ATTR_TRACEFILE
|
|
|
<li> SQL_ATTR_TRACE
|
|
|
</ul>
|
|
|
<p> <td valign="top">
|
|
|
<ul>
|
|
|
<li> CLIENT_COMPRESS
|
|
|
<li> CLIENT_FOUND_ROWS
|
|
|
<li> CLIENT_IGNORE_SPACE
|
|
|
<li> CLIENT_SSL
|
|
|
<li> CLIENT_ODBC
|
|
|
<li> CLIENT_NO_SCHEMA
|
|
|
<li> CLIENT_INTERACTIVE
|
|
|
</ul>
|
|
|
<p> <td valign="top">
|
|
|
<ul>
|
|
|
<li> connect_timeout
|
|
|
<li> options
|
|
|
<li> tty
|
|
|
<li> requiressl
|
|
|
<li> service
|
|
|
</ul>
|
|
|
<tr bgcolor="#a2c511"> <th valign="top">DB2 <th valign="top">OCI <th valign="top">TDS
|
|
|
<tr bgcolor="#d0d0d0">
|
|
|
<p> <td valign="top">
|
|
|
<ul>
|
|
|
<li> SQL_ATTR_ACCESS_MODE
|
|
|
<li> SQL_ATTR_LOGIN_TIMEOUT
|
|
|
</ul>
|
|
|
<p> <td valign="top">
|
|
|
<em>none</em>
|
|
|
<p> <td valign="top">
|
|
|
<em>none</em>
|
|
|
<p> </table></center>
|
|
|
<p> Example of usage:
|
|
|
<pre>
|
|
|
...
|
|
|
// MySQL connection
|
|
|
db-&gt;setConnectOptions( "CLIENT_SSL;CLIENT_IGNORE_SPACE" ); // use an SSL connection to the server
|
|
|
if ( !db-&gt;open() ) {
|
|
|
db-&gt;setConnectOptions(); // clears the connect option string
|
|
|
...
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
...
|
|
|
// PostgreSQL connection
|
|
|
db-&gt;setConnectOptions( "requiressl=1" ); // enable PostgreSQL SSL connections
|
|
|
if ( !db-&gt;open() ) {
|
|
|
db-&gt;setConnectOptions(); // clear options
|
|
|
...
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
...
|
|
|
// ODBC connection
|
|
|
db-&gt;setConnectOptions( "SQL_ATTR_ACCESS_MODE=SQL_MODE_READ_ONLY;SQL_ATTR_TRACE=SQL_OPT_TRACE_ON" ); // set ODBC options
|
|
|
if ( !db-&gt;open() ) {
|
|
|
db-&gt;setConnectOptions(); // don't try to set this option
|
|
|
...
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
</pre>
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p> Please refer to the client library documentation for more
|
|
|
information about the different options. The options will be set
|
|
|
prior to opening the database connection. Setting new options
|
|
|
without re-opening the connection does nothing.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="tqsqldatabase.html#setConnectOptions">setConnectOptions</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="tqsqldatabase.html#connectOptions">connectOptions</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>TQSqlDatabase::databaseName</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="tqsqldatabase.html#databaseName-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the name of the database.
|
|
|
<p>Note that the database name is the TNS Service Name for the <a href="sql-driver.html#QOCI8">QOCI8</a>
|
|
|
(Oracle) driver.
|
|
|
<p> For the <a href="sql-driver.html#QODBC3">QODBC3</a> driver it can either be a DSN, a DSN filename (the
|
|
|
file must have a <tt>.dsn</tt> extension), or a connection string. MS
|
|
|
Access users can for example use the following connection string
|
|
|
to open a <tt>.mdb</tt> file directly, instead of having to create a DSN
|
|
|
entry in the ODBC manager:
|
|
|
<p> <pre>
|
|
|
...
|
|
|
db = TQSqlDatabase::<a href="tqsqldatabase.html#addDatabase">addDatabase</a>( "QODBC3" );
|
|
|
db-&gt;setDatabaseName( "DRIVER={Microsoft Access Driver (*.mdb)};FIL={MS Access};DBQ=myaccessfile.mdb" );
|
|
|
if ( db-&gt;open() ) {
|
|
|
// success!
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
...
|
|
|
</pre>
|
|
|
|
|
|
("FIL" is the required spelling in Microsoft's API.)
|
|
|
<p> There is no default value.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="tqsqldatabase.html#setDatabaseName">setDatabaseName</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="tqsqldatabase.html#databaseName">databaseName</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>TQSqlDatabase::hostName</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="tqsqldatabase.html#hostName-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the host name where the database resides.
|
|
|
<p>There is no default value.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="tqsqldatabase.html#setHostName">setHostName</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="tqsqldatabase.html#hostName">hostName</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>TQSqlDatabase::password</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="tqsqldatabase.html#password-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the password used to connect to the database.
|
|
|
<p>There is no default value.
|
|
|
<p> <b>Warning:</b> This function stores the password in plain text within
|
|
|
Qt. Use the <a href="tqsqldatabase.html#open">open</a>() call that takes a password as parameter to
|
|
|
avoid this behaviour.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="tqsqldatabase.html#open">open</a>().
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="tqsqldatabase.html#setPassword">setPassword</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="tqsqldatabase.html#password">password</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>TQSqlDatabase::port</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="tqsqldatabase.html#port-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the port used to connect to the database.
|
|
|
<p>There is no default value.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="tqsqldatabase.html#setPort">setPort</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="tqsqldatabase.html#port">port</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>TQSqlDatabase::userName</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="tqsqldatabase.html#userName-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the user name connected to the database.
|
|
|
<p>There is no default value.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="tqsqldatabase.html#setUserName">setUserName</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="tqsqldatabase.html#userName">userName</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QStatusBar::sizeGripEnabled</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqstatusbar.html#sizeGripEnabled-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds whether the <a href="ntqsizegrip.html">QSizeGrip</a> in the bottom right of the status bar is enabled.
|
|
|
<p>Enables or disables the QSizeGrip in the bottom right of the
|
|
|
status bar. By default, the size grip is enabled.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqstatusbar.html#setSizeGripEnabled">setSizeGripEnabled</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqstatusbar.html#isSizeGripEnabled">isSizeGripEnabled</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QTabBar::count</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqtabbar.html#count-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the number of tabs in the tab bar.
|
|
|
<p>Get this property's value with <a href="ntqtabbar.html#count">count</a>().
|
|
|
<p><p>See also <a href="ntqtabbar.html#tab">tab</a>().
|
|
|
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QTabBar::currentTab</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqtabbar.html#currentTab-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the id of the tab bar's visible tab.
|
|
|
<p>If no tab page is currently visible, the property's value is -1.
|
|
|
Even if the property's value is not -1, you cannot assume that the
|
|
|
user can see the relevant page, or that the tab is enabled. When
|
|
|
you need to display something the value of this property
|
|
|
represents the best page to display.
|
|
|
<p> When this property is set to <em>id</em>, it will raise the tab with the
|
|
|
id <em>id</em> and emit the <a href="ntqtabbar.html#selected">selected</a>() signal.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="ntqtabbar.html#selected">selected</a>() and <a href="ntqtabbar.html#isTabEnabled">isTabEnabled</a>().
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqtabbar.html#setCurrentTab">setCurrentTab</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqtabbar.html#currentTab">currentTab</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QTabBar::keyboardFocusTab</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqtabbar.html#keyboardFocusTab-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the id of the tab that has the <a href="focus.html#keyboard-focus">keyboard focus</a>.
|
|
|
<p>This property contains the id of the tab that has the keyboard
|
|
|
focus or -1 if the tab bar does not have the keyboard focus.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Get this property's value with <a href="ntqtabbar.html#keyboardFocusTab">keyboardFocusTab</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QTabBar::shape</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqtabbar.html#shape-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the shape of the tabs in the tab bar.
|
|
|
<p>The value of this property is one of the following: <a href="ntqtabbar.html#Shape-enum">RoundedAbove</a> (default), <a href="ntqtabbar.html#Shape-enum">RoundedBelow</a>, <a href="ntqtabbar.html#Shape-enum">TriangularAbove</a> or <a href="ntqtabbar.html#Shape-enum">TriangularBelow</a>.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="ntqtabbar.html#Shape-enum">Shape</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqtabbar.html#setShape">setShape</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqtabbar.html#shape">shape</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QTabWidget::count</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqtabwidget.html#count-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the number of tabs in the tab bar.
|
|
|
<p>
|
|
|
<p>Get this property's value with <a href="ntqtabwidget.html#count">count</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QTabWidget::currentPage</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqtabwidget.html#currentPage-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the index position of the current tab page.
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqtabwidget.html#setCurrentPage">setCurrentPage</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqtabwidget.html#currentPageIndex">currentPageIndex</a>().
|
|
|
<p><p>See also <a href="ntqtabbar.html#currentTab-prop">QTabBar::currentTab</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QTabWidget::margin</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqtabwidget.html#margin-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the margin in this tab widget.
|
|
|
<p>The margin is the distance between the innermost pixel of the
|
|
|
frame and the outermost pixel of the pages.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqtabwidget.html#setMargin">setMargin</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqtabwidget.html#margin">margin</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QTabWidget::tabPosition</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqtabwidget.html#tabPosition-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the position of the tabs in this tab widget.
|
|
|
<p>Possible values for this property are <a href="ntqtabwidget.html#TabPosition-enum">QTabWidget::Top</a> and <a href="ntqtabwidget.html#TabPosition-enum">QTabWidget::Bottom</a>.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="ntqtabwidget.html#TabPosition-enum">TabPosition</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqtabwidget.html#setTabPosition">setTabPosition</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqtabwidget.html#tabPosition">tabPosition</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QTabWidget::tabShape</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqtabwidget.html#tabShape-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the shape of the tabs in this tab widget.
|
|
|
<p>Possible values for this property are <a href="ntqtabwidget.html#TabShape-enum">QTabWidget::Rounded</a>
|
|
|
(default) or <a href="ntqtabwidget.html#TabShape-enum">QTabWidget::Triangular</a>.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="ntqtabwidget.html#TabShape-enum">TabShape</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqtabwidget.html#setTabShape">setTabShape</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqtabwidget.html#tabShape">tabShape</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QTable::columnMovingEnabled</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqtable.html#columnMovingEnabled-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds whether columns can be moved by the user.
|
|
|
<p>The default is FALSE. Columns are moved by dragging whilst holding
|
|
|
down the Ctrl key.
|
|
|
<p> <b>Warning:</b> If QTable is used to move header sections as a result of user
|
|
|
interaction, the mapping between header indexes and section exposed by
|
|
|
<a href="ntqheader.html">QHeader</a> will not reflect the order of the headers in the table; i.e.,
|
|
|
QTable does not call <a href="ntqheader.html#moveSection">QHeader::moveSection</a>() to move sections but handles
|
|
|
move operations internally.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="ntqtable.html#rowMovingEnabled-prop">rowMovingEnabled</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqtable.html#setColumnMovingEnabled">setColumnMovingEnabled</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqtable.html#columnMovingEnabled">columnMovingEnabled</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QTable::focusStyle</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqtable.html#focusStyle-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds how the current (focus) cell is drawn.
|
|
|
<p>The default style is <a href="ntqtable.html#FocusStyle-enum">SpreadSheet</a>.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="ntqtable.html#FocusStyle-enum">QTable::FocusStyle</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqtable.html#setFocusStyle">setFocusStyle</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqtable.html#focusStyle">focusStyle</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QTable::numCols</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqtable.html#numCols-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the number of columns in the table.
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqtable.html#setNumCols">setNumCols</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqtable.html#numCols">numCols</a>().
|
|
|
<p><p>See also <a href="ntqtable.html#numRows-prop">numRows</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QTable::numRows</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqtable.html#numRows-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the number of rows in the table.
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqtable.html#setNumRows">setNumRows</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqtable.html#numRows">numRows</a>().
|
|
|
<p><p>See also <a href="ntqtable.html#numCols-prop">numCols</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QTable::numSelections</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqtable.html#numSelections-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the number of selections.
|
|
|
<p>Get this property's value with <a href="ntqtable.html#numSelections">numSelections</a>().
|
|
|
<p><p>See also <a href="ntqtable.html#currentSelection">currentSelection</a>().
|
|
|
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QTable::readOnly</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqtable.html#readOnly-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds whether the table is read-only.
|
|
|
<p>Whether a cell in the table is editable or read-only depends on
|
|
|
the cell's <a href="qtableitem.html#EditType-enum">EditType</a>, and this setting:
|
|
|
see <a href="qtableitem.html#wheneditable">QTableItem::EditType</a>.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="tqwidget.html#enabled-prop">TQWidget::enabled</a>, <a href="ntqtable.html#setColumnReadOnly">setColumnReadOnly</a>(), and <a href="ntqtable.html#setRowReadOnly">setRowReadOnly</a>().
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqtable.html#setReadOnly">setReadOnly</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqtable.html#isReadOnly">isReadOnly</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QTable::rowMovingEnabled</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqtable.html#rowMovingEnabled-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds whether rows can be moved by the user.
|
|
|
<p>The default is FALSE. Rows are moved by dragging whilst holding
|
|
|
down the Ctrl key.
|
|
|
<p> <b>Warning:</b> If QTable is used to move header sections as a result of user
|
|
|
interaction, the mapping between header indexes and section exposed by
|
|
|
<a href="ntqheader.html">QHeader</a> will not reflect the order of the headers in the table; i.e.,
|
|
|
QTable does not call <a href="ntqheader.html#moveSection">QHeader::moveSection</a>() to move sections but handles
|
|
|
move operations internally.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="ntqtable.html#columnMovingEnabled-prop">columnMovingEnabled</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqtable.html#setRowMovingEnabled">setRowMovingEnabled</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqtable.html#rowMovingEnabled">rowMovingEnabled</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QTable::selectionMode</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqtable.html#selectionMode-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the current selection mode.
|
|
|
<p>The default mode is <a href="ntqtable.html#SelectionMode-enum">Multi</a> which allows the user to select
|
|
|
multiple ranges of cells.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="ntqtable.html#SelectionMode-enum">SelectionMode</a> and <a href="ntqtable.html#selectionMode-prop">selectionMode</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqtable.html#setSelectionMode">setSelectionMode</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqtable.html#selectionMode">selectionMode</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QTable::showGrid</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqtable.html#showGrid-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds whether the table's grid is displayed.
|
|
|
<p>The grid is shown by default.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqtable.html#setShowGrid">setShowGrid</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqtable.html#showGrid">showGrid</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QTable::sorting</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqtable.html#sorting-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds whether a click on the header of a column sorts that column.
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqtable.html#setSorting">setSorting</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqtable.html#sorting">sorting</a>().
|
|
|
<p><p>See also <a href="ntqtable.html#sortColumn">sortColumn</a>().
|
|
|
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QTextBrowser::source</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqtextbrowser.html#source-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the name of the displayed document.
|
|
|
<p>This is a <a href="ntqstring.html#TQString-null">TQString::null</a> if no document is displayed or if the
|
|
|
source is unknown.
|
|
|
<p> Setting this property uses the <a href="ntqtextedit.html#mimeSourceFactory">mimeSourceFactory</a>() to lookup the
|
|
|
named document. It also checks for optional anchors and scrolls
|
|
|
the document accordingly.
|
|
|
<p> If the first tag in the document is <tt>&lt;qt type=detail&gt;</tt>, the
|
|
|
document is displayed as a popup rather than as new document in
|
|
|
the browser window itself. Otherwise, the document is displayed
|
|
|
normally in the text browser with the text set to the contents of
|
|
|
the named document with <a href="ntqtextedit.html#setText">setText</a>().
|
|
|
<p> If you are using the filesystem access capabilities of the mime
|
|
|
source factory, you must ensure that the factory knows about the
|
|
|
encoding of specified files; otherwise no data will be available.
|
|
|
The default factory handles a couple of common file extensions
|
|
|
such as <tt>*.html</tt> and <tt>*.txt</tt> with reasonable defaults. See
|
|
|
<a href="qmimesourcefactory.html#data">QMimeSourceFactory::data</a>() for details.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqtextbrowser.html#setSource">setSource</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqtextbrowser.html#source">source</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QTextEdit::autoFormatting</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqtextedit.html#autoFormatting-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the enabled set of auto formatting features.
|
|
|
<p>The value can be any combination of the values in the <a href="ntqtextedit.html#AutoFormatting-enum">AutoFormatting</a> enum. The default is <a href="ntqtextedit.html#AutoFormatting-enum">AutoAll</a>. Choose <a href="ntqtextedit.html#AutoFormatting-enum">AutoNone</a>
|
|
|
to disable all automatic formatting.
|
|
|
<p> Currently, the only automatic formatting feature provided is <a href="ntqtextedit.html#AutoFormatting-enum">AutoBulletList</a>; future versions of TQt may offer more.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqtextedit.html#setAutoFormatting">setAutoFormatting</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqtextedit.html#autoFormatting">autoFormatting</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QTextEdit::documentTitle</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqtextedit.html#documentTitle-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the title of the document parsed from the text.
|
|
|
<p>For <a href="ntqt.html#TextFormat-enum">PlainText</a> the title will be an empty string. For <a href="ntqt.html#TextFormat-enum">RichText</a> the title will be the text between the <tt>&lt;title&gt;</tt> tags,
|
|
|
if present, otherwise an empty string.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Get this property's value with <a href="ntqtextedit.html#documentTitle">documentTitle</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QTextEdit::hasSelectedText</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqtextedit.html#hasSelectedText-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds whether some text is selected in selection 0.
|
|
|
<p>
|
|
|
<p>Get this property's value with <a href="ntqtextedit.html#hasSelectedText">hasSelectedText</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QTextEdit::length</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqtextedit.html#length-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the number of characters in the text.
|
|
|
<p>
|
|
|
<p>Get this property's value with <a href="ntqtextedit.html#length">length</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QTextEdit::linkUnderline</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqtextedit.html#linkUnderline-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds whether hypertext links will be underlined.
|
|
|
<p>If TRUE (the default) hypertext links will be displayed
|
|
|
underlined. If FALSE links will not be displayed underlined.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqtextedit.html#setLinkUnderline">setLinkUnderline</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqtextedit.html#linkUnderline">linkUnderline</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QTextEdit::modified</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqtextedit.html#modified-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds whether the document has been modified by the user.
|
|
|
<p>
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqtextedit.html#setModified">setModified</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqtextedit.html#isModified">isModified</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QTextEdit::overwriteMode</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqtextedit.html#overwriteMode-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the text edit's overwrite mode.
|
|
|
<p>If FALSE (the default) characters entered by the user are inserted
|
|
|
with any characters to the right being moved out of the way. If
|
|
|
TRUE, the editor is in overwrite mode, i.e. characters entered by
|
|
|
the user overwrite any characters to the right of the cursor
|
|
|
position.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqtextedit.html#setOverwriteMode">setOverwriteMode</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqtextedit.html#isOverwriteMode">isOverwriteMode</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QTextEdit::paper</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqtextedit.html#paper-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the background (paper) brush.
|
|
|
<p>The brush that is currently used to draw the background of the
|
|
|
text edit. The initial setting is an empty brush.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqtextedit.html#setPaper">setPaper</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqtextedit.html#paper">paper</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QTextEdit::readOnly</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqtextedit.html#readOnly-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds whether the text edit is read-only.
|
|
|
<p>In a read-only text edit the user can only navigate through the
|
|
|
text and select text; modifying the text is not possible.
|
|
|
<p> This property's default is FALSE.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqtextedit.html#setReadOnly">setReadOnly</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqtextedit.html#isReadOnly">isReadOnly</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QTextEdit::selectedText</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqtextedit.html#selectedText-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the selected text (from selection 0) or an empty string if there is no currently selected text (in selection 0).
|
|
|
<p>The text is always returned as <a href="ntqt.html#TextFormat-enum">PlainText</a> if the <a href="ntqtextedit.html#textFormat">textFormat</a>() is
|
|
|
<a href="ntqt.html#TextFormat-enum">PlainText</a> or <a href="ntqt.html#TextFormat-enum">AutoText</a>, otherwise it is returned as HTML.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="ntqtextedit.html#hasSelectedText-prop">hasSelectedText</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Get this property's value with <a href="ntqtextedit.html#selectedText">selectedText</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QTextEdit::tabChangesFocus</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqtextedit.html#tabChangesFocus-prop"> <p>This property holds whether TAB changes focus or is accepted as input.
|
|
|
<p>In some occasions text edits should not allow the user to input
|
|
|
tabulators or change indentation using the TAB key, as this breaks
|
|
|
the focus chain. The default is FALSE.
|
|
|
<p>
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqtextedit.html#setTabChangesFocus">setTabChangesFocus</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqtextedit.html#tabChangesFocus">tabChangesFocus</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QTextEdit::tabStopWidth</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqtextedit.html#tabStopWidth-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the tab stop width in pixels.
|
|
|
<p>
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqtextedit.html#setTabStopWidth">setTabStopWidth</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqtextedit.html#tabStopWidth">tabStopWidth</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QTextEdit::text</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqtextedit.html#text-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the text edit's text.
|
|
|
<p>There is no default text.
|
|
|
<p> On setting, any previous text is deleted.
|
|
|
<p> The text may be interpreted either as plain text or as rich text,
|
|
|
depending on the <a href="ntqtextedit.html#textFormat">textFormat</a>(). The default setting is <a href="ntqt.html#TextFormat-enum">AutoText</a>,
|
|
|
i.e. the text edit auto-detects the format of the text.
|
|
|
<p> For richtext, calling <a href="ntqtextedit.html#text">text</a>() on an editable QTextEdit will cause
|
|
|
the text to be regenerated from the textedit. This may mean that
|
|
|
the <a href="ntqstring.html">TQString</a> returned may not be exactly the same as the one that
|
|
|
was set.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="ntqtextedit.html#textFormat-prop">textFormat</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqtextedit.html#setText">setText</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqtextedit.html#text">text</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QTextEdit::textFormat</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqtextedit.html#textFormat-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the text format: rich text, plain text, log text or auto text.
|
|
|
<p>The text format is one of the following:
|
|
|
<ul>
|
|
|
<li> PlainText - all characters, except newlines, are displayed
|
|
|
verbatim, including spaces. Whenever a newline appears in the text
|
|
|
the text edit inserts a hard line break and begins a new
|
|
|
paragraph.
|
|
|
<li> RichText - rich text rendering. The available styles are
|
|
|
defined in the default stylesheet <a href="ntqstylesheet.html#defaultSheet">QStyleSheet::defaultSheet</a>().
|
|
|
<li> LogText - optimized mode for very large texts. Supports a very
|
|
|
limited set of formatting tags (color, bold, underline and italic
|
|
|
settings).
|
|
|
<li> AutoText - this is the default. The text edit autodetects which
|
|
|
rendering style is best, <a href="ntqt.html#TextFormat-enum">PlainText</a> or <a href="ntqt.html#TextFormat-enum">RichText</a>. This is done
|
|
|
by using the <a href="ntqstylesheet.html#mightBeRichText">QStyleSheet::mightBeRichText</a>() function.
|
|
|
</ul>
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqtextedit.html#setTextFormat">setTextFormat</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqtextedit.html#textFormat">textFormat</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QTextEdit::undoDepth</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqtextedit.html#undoDepth-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the depth of the undo history.
|
|
|
<p>The maximum number of steps in the undo/redo history. The default
|
|
|
is 100.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="ntqtextedit.html#undo">undo</a>() and <a href="ntqtextedit.html#redo">redo</a>().
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqtextedit.html#setUndoDepth">setUndoDepth</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqtextedit.html#undoDepth">undoDepth</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QTextEdit::undoRedoEnabled</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqtextedit.html#undoRedoEnabled-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds whether undo/redo is enabled.
|
|
|
<p>When changing this property, the undo/redo history is cleared.
|
|
|
<p> The default is TRUE.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqtextedit.html#setUndoRedoEnabled">setUndoRedoEnabled</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqtextedit.html#isUndoRedoEnabled">isUndoRedoEnabled</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QTextEdit::wordWrap</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqtextedit.html#wordWrap-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the word wrap mode.
|
|
|
<p>The default mode is <a href="ntqtextedit.html#WordWrap-enum">WidgetWidth</a> which causes words to be
|
|
|
wrapped at the right edge of the text edit. Wrapping occurs at
|
|
|
whitespace, keeping whole words intact. If you want wrapping to
|
|
|
occur within words use <a href="ntqtextedit.html#setWrapPolicy">setWrapPolicy</a>(). If you set a wrap mode of
|
|
|
<a href="ntqtextedit.html#WordWrap-enum">FixedPixelWidth</a> or <a href="ntqtextedit.html#WordWrap-enum">FixedColumnWidth</a> you should also call
|
|
|
<a href="ntqtextedit.html#setWrapColumnOrWidth">setWrapColumnOrWidth</a>() with the width you want.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="ntqtextedit.html#WordWrap-enum">WordWrap</a>, <a href="ntqtextedit.html#wrapColumnOrWidth-prop">wrapColumnOrWidth</a>, and <a href="ntqtextedit.html#wrapPolicy-prop">wrapPolicy</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqtextedit.html#setWordWrap">setWordWrap</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqtextedit.html#wordWrap">wordWrap</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QTextEdit::wrapColumnOrWidth</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqtextedit.html#wrapColumnOrWidth-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the position (in pixels or columns depending on the wrap mode) where text will be wrapped.
|
|
|
<p>If the wrap mode is <a href="ntqtextedit.html#WordWrap-enum">FixedPixelWidth</a>, the value is the number of
|
|
|
pixels from the left edge of the text edit at which text should be
|
|
|
wrapped. If the wrap mode is <a href="ntqtextedit.html#WordWrap-enum">FixedColumnWidth</a>, the value is the
|
|
|
column number (in character columns) from the left edge of the
|
|
|
text edit at which text should be wrapped.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="ntqtextedit.html#wordWrap-prop">wordWrap</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqtextedit.html#setWrapColumnOrWidth">setWrapColumnOrWidth</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqtextedit.html#wrapColumnOrWidth">wrapColumnOrWidth</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QTextEdit::wrapPolicy</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqtextedit.html#wrapPolicy-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the word wrap policy, at whitespace or anywhere.
|
|
|
<p>Defines where text can be wrapped when word wrap mode is not <a href="ntqtextedit.html#WordWrap-enum">NoWrap</a>. The choices are <a href="ntqtextedit.html#WrapPolicy-enum">AtWordBoundary</a> (the default), <a href="ntqtextedit.html#WrapPolicy-enum">Anywhere</a> and <a href="ntqtextedit.html#WrapPolicy-enum">AtWordOrDocumentBoundary</a>
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="ntqtextedit.html#wordWrap-prop">wordWrap</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqtextedit.html#setWrapPolicy">setWrapPolicy</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqtextedit.html#wrapPolicy">wrapPolicy</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QTimeEdit::autoAdvance</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="qtimeedit.html#autoAdvance-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds whether the editor automatically advances to the next section.
|
|
|
<p>If autoAdvance is TRUE, the editor will automatically advance
|
|
|
focus to the next time section if a user has completed a section.
|
|
|
The default is FALSE.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="qtimeedit.html#setAutoAdvance">setAutoAdvance</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="qtimeedit.html#autoAdvance">autoAdvance</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QTimeEdit::display</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="qtimeedit.html#display-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the sections that are displayed in the time edit.
|
|
|
<p>The value can be any combination of the values in the Display enum.
|
|
|
By default, the widget displays hours, minutes and seconds.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="qtimeedit.html#setDisplay">setDisplay</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="qtimeedit.html#display">display</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QTimeEdit::maxValue</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="qtimeedit.html#maxValue-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the maximum time value.
|
|
|
<p>Setting the maximum time value is equivalent to calling
|
|
|
<a href="qtimeedit.html#setRange">QTimeEdit::setRange</a>( <a href="qtimeedit.html#minValue">minValue</a>(), <em>t</em> ), where <em>t</em> is the maximum
|
|
|
time. The default maximum time is 23:59:59.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="qtimeedit.html#minValue-prop">minValue</a> and <a href="qtimeedit.html#setRange">setRange</a>().
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="qtimeedit.html#setMaxValue">setMaxValue</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="qtimeedit.html#maxValue">maxValue</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QTimeEdit::minValue</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="qtimeedit.html#minValue-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the minimum time value.
|
|
|
<p>Setting the minimum time value is equivalent to calling
|
|
|
<a href="qtimeedit.html#setRange">QTimeEdit::setRange</a>( <em>t</em>, <a href="qtimeedit.html#maxValue">maxValue</a>() ), where <em>t</em> is the minimum
|
|
|
time. The default minimum time is 00:00:00.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="qtimeedit.html#maxValue-prop">maxValue</a> and <a href="qtimeedit.html#setRange">setRange</a>().
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="qtimeedit.html#setMinValue">setMinValue</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="qtimeedit.html#minValue">minValue</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QTimeEdit::time</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="qtimeedit.html#time-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the editor's time value.
|
|
|
<p>When changing the time property, if the time is less than
|
|
|
<a href="qtimeedit.html#minValue">minValue</a>(), or is greater than <a href="qtimeedit.html#maxValue">maxValue</a>(), nothing happens.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="qtimeedit.html#setTime">setTime</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="qtimeedit.html#time">time</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QToolBar::label</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqtoolbar.html#label-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the toolbar's label.
|
|
|
<p>If the toolbar is floated the label becomes the toolbar window's
|
|
|
caption. There is no default label text.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqtoolbar.html#setLabel">setLabel</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqtoolbar.html#label">label</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QToolBox::count</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqtoolbox.html#count-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the number of items contained in the toolbox.
|
|
|
<p>
|
|
|
<p>Get this property's value with <a href="ntqtoolbox.html#count">count</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QToolBox::currentIndex</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqtoolbox.html#currentIndex-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the index of the current item, or -1 if the toolbox is empty.
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqtoolbox.html#setCurrentIndex">setCurrentIndex</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqtoolbox.html#currentIndex">currentIndex</a>().
|
|
|
<p><p>See also <a href="ntqtoolbox.html#currentItem">currentItem</a>(), <a href="ntqtoolbox.html#indexOf">indexOf</a>(), and <a href="ntqtoolbox.html#item">item</a>().
|
|
|
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QToolButton::autoRaise</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqtoolbutton.html#autoRaise-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds whether auto-raising is enabled.
|
|
|
<p>The default is disabled (i.e. FALSE).
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqtoolbutton.html#setAutoRaise">setAutoRaise</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqtoolbutton.html#autoRaise">autoRaise</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QToolButton::iconSet</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqtoolbutton.html#iconSet-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the icon set providing the icon shown on the button.
|
|
|
<p>Setting this property sets <a href="ntqtoolbutton.html#pixmap-prop">QToolButton::pixmap</a> to a null
|
|
|
pixmap. There is no default iconset.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="ntqtoolbutton.html#pixmap-prop">pixmap</a>, <a href="ntqtoolbutton.html#toggleButton-prop">toggleButton</a>, and <a href="ntqtoolbutton.html#on-prop">on</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqtoolbutton.html#setIconSet">setIconSet</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqtoolbutton.html#iconSet">iconSet</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QToolButton::popupDelay</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqtoolbutton.html#popupDelay-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the time delay between pressing the button and the appearance of the associated popup menu in milliseconds.
|
|
|
<p>Usually this is around half a second. A value of 0 draws the down
|
|
|
arrow button to the side of the button which can be used to open
|
|
|
up the popup menu.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="ntqtoolbutton.html#setPopup">setPopup</a>().
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqtoolbutton.html#setPopupDelay">setPopupDelay</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqtoolbutton.html#popupDelay">popupDelay</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QToolButton::textLabel</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqtoolbutton.html#textLabel-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the label of this button.
|
|
|
<p>Setting this property automatically sets the text as a tool tip
|
|
|
too. There is no default text.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqtoolbutton.html#setTextLabel">setTextLabel</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqtoolbutton.html#textLabel">textLabel</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QToolButton::textPosition</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqtoolbutton.html#textPosition-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the position of the text label of this button.
|
|
|
<p>
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqtoolbutton.html#setTextPosition">setTextPosition</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqtoolbutton.html#textPosition">textPosition</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QToolButton::usesBigPixmap</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqtoolbutton.html#usesBigPixmap-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds whether this toolbutton uses big pixmaps.
|
|
|
<p>QToolButton automatically connects this property to the relevant
|
|
|
signal in the <a href="ntqmainwindow.html">QMainWindow</a> in which it resides. We strongly
|
|
|
recommend that you use <a href="ntqmainwindow.html#setUsesBigPixmaps">QMainWindow::setUsesBigPixmaps</a>() instead.
|
|
|
<p> This property's default is TRUE.
|
|
|
<p> <b>Warning:</b> If you set some buttons (in a QMainWindow) to have big
|
|
|
pixmaps and others to have small pixmaps, QMainWindow may not get
|
|
|
the geometry right.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqtoolbutton.html#setUsesBigPixmap">setUsesBigPixmap</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqtoolbutton.html#usesBigPixmap">usesBigPixmap</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QToolButton::usesTextLabel</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqtoolbutton.html#usesTextLabel-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds whether the toolbutton displays a text label below the button pixmap.
|
|
|
<p>The default is FALSE.
|
|
|
<p> QToolButton automatically connects this slot to the relevant
|
|
|
signal in the <a href="ntqmainwindow.html">QMainWindow</a> in which is resides.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqtoolbutton.html#setUsesTextLabel">setUsesTextLabel</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqtoolbutton.html#usesTextLabel">usesTextLabel</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QToolTipGroup::delay</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="qtooltipgroup.html#delay-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds whether the display of the group text is delayed.
|
|
|
<p>If set to TRUE (the default), the group text is displayed at the
|
|
|
same time as the tool tip. Otherwise, the group text is displayed
|
|
|
immediately when the cursor enters the widget.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="qtooltipgroup.html#setDelay">setDelay</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="qtooltipgroup.html#delay">delay</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QToolTipGroup::enabled</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="qtooltipgroup.html#enabled-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds whether tool tips in the group are enabled.
|
|
|
<p>This property's default is TRUE.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="qtooltipgroup.html#setEnabled">setEnabled</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="qtooltipgroup.html#enabled">enabled</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>TQWidget::acceptDrops</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="tqwidget.html#acceptDrops-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds whether drop events are enabled for this widget.
|
|
|
<p>Setting this property to TRUE announces to the system that this
|
|
|
widget <em>may</em> be able to accept drop events.
|
|
|
<p> If the widget is the desktop (<a href="tqwidget.html#isDesktop">TQWidget::isDesktop</a>()), this may
|
|
|
fail if another application is using the desktop; you can call
|
|
|
<a href="tqwidget.html#acceptDrops">acceptDrops</a>() to test if this occurs.
|
|
|
<p> <b>Warning:</b>
|
|
|
Do not modify this property in a Drag&Drop event handler.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="tqwidget.html#setAcceptDrops">setAcceptDrops</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="tqwidget.html#acceptDrops">acceptDrops</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>TQWidget::autoMask</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="tqwidget.html#autoMask-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds whether the auto mask feature is enabled for the widget.
|
|
|
<p>Transparent widgets use a mask to define their visible region.
|
|
|
TQWidget has some built-in support to make the task of
|
|
|
recalculating the mask easier. When setting auto mask to TRUE,
|
|
|
<a href="tqwidget.html#updateMask">updateMask</a>() will be called whenever the widget is resized or
|
|
|
changes its focus state. Note that you must reimplement
|
|
|
updateMask() (which should include a call to <a href="tqwidget.html#setMask">setMask</a>()) or nothing
|
|
|
will happen.
|
|
|
<p> Note: when you re-implement <a href="tqwidget.html#resizeEvent">resizeEvent</a>(), <a href="tqwidget.html#focusInEvent">focusInEvent</a>() or
|
|
|
<a href="tqwidget.html#focusOutEvent">focusOutEvent</a>() in your custom widgets and still want to ensure
|
|
|
that the auto mask calculation works, you should add:
|
|
|
<p> <pre>
|
|
|
if ( <a href="tqwidget.html#autoMask">autoMask</a>() )
|
|
|
<a href="tqwidget.html#updateMask">updateMask</a>();
|
|
|
</pre>
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p> at the end of your event handlers. This is true for all member
|
|
|
functions that change the appearance of the widget in a way that
|
|
|
requires a recalculation of the mask.
|
|
|
<p> While being a technically appealing concept, masks have a big
|
|
|
drawback: when using complex masks that cannot be expressed easily
|
|
|
with relatively simple regions, they can be very slow on some
|
|
|
window systems. The classic example is a transparent label. The
|
|
|
complex shape of its contents makes it necessary to represent its
|
|
|
mask by a bitmap, which consumes both memory and time. If all you
|
|
|
want is to blend the background of several neighboring widgets
|
|
|
together seamlessly, you will probably want to use
|
|
|
<a href="tqwidget.html#setBackgroundOrigin">setBackgroundOrigin</a>() rather than a mask.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="tqwidget.html#updateMask">updateMask</a>(), <a href="tqwidget.html#setMask">setMask</a>(), <a href="tqwidget.html#clearMask">clearMask</a>(), and <a href="tqwidget.html#backgroundOrigin-prop">backgroundOrigin</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="tqwidget.html#setAutoMask">setAutoMask</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="tqwidget.html#autoMask">autoMask</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>TQWidget::backgroundBrush</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="tqwidget.html#backgroundBrush-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the widget's background brush.
|
|
|
<p>The background brush depends on a widget's palette and its
|
|
|
background mode.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="tqwidget.html#backgroundColor">backgroundColor</a>(), <a href="tqwidget.html#backgroundPixmap">backgroundPixmap</a>(), <a href="tqwidget.html#eraseColor">eraseColor</a>(), <a href="tqwidget.html#palette-prop">palette</a>, and <a href="ntqapplication.html#setPalette">QApplication::setPalette</a>().
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Get this property's value with <a href="tqwidget.html#backgroundBrush">backgroundBrush</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>TQWidget::backgroundMode</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="tqwidget.html#backgroundMode-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the color role used for painting the background of the widget.
|
|
|
<p>setPaletteBackgroundColor() reads this property to determine which
|
|
|
entry of the <a href="tqwidget.html#palette-prop">palette</a> to set.
|
|
|
<p> For most widgets the default suffices (<a href="ntqt.html#BackgroundMode-enum">PaletteBackground</a>,
|
|
|
typically gray), but some need to use <a href="ntqt.html#BackgroundMode-enum">PaletteBase</a> (the
|
|
|
background color for text output, typically white) or another
|
|
|
role.
|
|
|
<p> <a href="ntqlistbox.html">QListBox</a>, which is "sunken" and uses the base color to contrast
|
|
|
with its environment, does this in its constructor:
|
|
|
<p> <pre>
|
|
|
<a href="tqwidget.html#setBackgroundMode">setBackgroundMode</a>( <a href="ntqt.html#BackgroundMode-enum">PaletteBase</a> );
|
|
|
</pre>
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p> You will never need to set the background mode of a built-in
|
|
|
widget in Qt, but you might consider setting it in your custom
|
|
|
widgets, so that <a href="tqwidget.html#setPaletteBackgroundColor">setPaletteBackgroundColor</a>() works as expected.
|
|
|
<p> Note that two of the BackgroundMode values make no sense for
|
|
|
<a href="tqwidget.html#setBackgroundMode">setBackgroundMode</a>(), namely <a href="ntqt.html#BackgroundMode-enum">FixedPixmap</a> and <a href="ntqt.html#BackgroundMode-enum">FixedColor</a>. You
|
|
|
must call <a href="tqwidget.html#setBackgroundPixmap">setBackgroundPixmap</a>() and setPaletteBackgroundColor()
|
|
|
instead.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="tqwidget.html#setBackgroundMode">setBackgroundMode</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="tqwidget.html#backgroundMode">backgroundMode</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>TQWidget::backgroundOrigin</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="tqwidget.html#backgroundOrigin-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the origin of the widget's background.
|
|
|
<p>The origin is either WidgetOrigin (the default), ParentOrigin,
|
|
|
WindowOrigin or AncestorOrigin.
|
|
|
<p> This only makes a difference if the widget has a background
|
|
|
pixmap, in which case positioning matters. Using <a href="tqwidget.html#BackgroundOrigin-enum">WindowOrigin</a>
|
|
|
for several neighboring widgets makes the background blend
|
|
|
together seamlessly. <a href="tqwidget.html#BackgroundOrigin-enum">AncestorOrigin</a> allows blending backgrounds
|
|
|
seamlessly when an ancestor of the widget has an origin other than
|
|
|
<a href="tqwidget.html#BackgroundOrigin-enum">WindowOrigin</a>.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="tqwidget.html#backgroundPixmap">backgroundPixmap</a>() and <a href="tqwidget.html#backgroundMode-prop">backgroundMode</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="tqwidget.html#setBackgroundOrigin">setBackgroundOrigin</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="tqwidget.html#backgroundOrigin">backgroundOrigin</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>TQWidget::baseSize</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="tqwidget.html#baseSize-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the base size of the widget.
|
|
|
<p>The base size is used to calculate a proper widget size if the
|
|
|
widget defines <a href="tqwidget.html#sizeIncrement">sizeIncrement</a>().
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="tqwidget.html#sizeIncrement-prop">sizeIncrement</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="tqwidget.html#setBaseSize">setBaseSize</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="tqwidget.html#baseSize">baseSize</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>TQWidget::caption</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="tqwidget.html#caption-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the window caption (title).
|
|
|
<p>This property only makes sense for top-level widgets. If no
|
|
|
caption has been set, the caption is <a href="ntqstring.html#TQString-null">TQString::null</a>.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="tqwidget.html#icon-prop">icon</a> and <a href="tqwidget.html#iconText-prop">iconText</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="tqwidget.html#setCaption">setCaption</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="tqwidget.html#caption">caption</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>TQWidget::childrenRect</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="tqwidget.html#childrenRect-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the bounding rectangle of the widget's children.
|
|
|
<p>Hidden children are excluded.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="tqwidget.html#childrenRegion-prop">childrenRegion</a> and <a href="tqwidget.html#geometry-prop">geometry</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Get this property's value with <a href="tqwidget.html#childrenRect">childrenRect</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>TQWidget::childrenRegion</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="tqwidget.html#childrenRegion-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the combined region occupied by the widget's children.
|
|
|
<p>Hidden children are excluded.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="tqwidget.html#childrenRect-prop">childrenRect</a> and <a href="tqwidget.html#geometry-prop">geometry</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Get this property's value with <a href="tqwidget.html#childrenRegion">childrenRegion</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>TQWidget::colorGroup</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="tqwidget.html#colorGroup-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the current color group of the widget palette.
|
|
|
<p>The color group is determined by the state of the widget. A
|
|
|
disabled widget has the <a href="ntqpalette.html#disabled">QPalette::disabled</a>() color group, a widget
|
|
|
with <a href="focus.html#keyboard-focus">keyboard focus</a> has the <a href="ntqpalette.html#active">QPalette::active</a>() color group, and an
|
|
|
inactive widget has the <a href="ntqpalette.html#inactive">QPalette::inactive</a>() color group.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="tqwidget.html#palette-prop">palette</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Get this property's value with <a href="tqwidget.html#colorGroup">colorGroup</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>TQWidget::cursor</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="tqwidget.html#cursor-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the cursor shape for this widget.
|
|
|
<p>The mouse cursor will assume this shape when it's over this
|
|
|
widget. See the <a href="ntqt.html#CursorShape-enum">list of predefined cursor
|
|
|
objects</a> for a range of useful shapes.
|
|
|
<p> An editor widget might use an I-beam cursor:
|
|
|
<pre>
|
|
|
<a href="tqwidget.html#setCursor">setCursor</a>( <a href="ntqt.html#CursorShape-enum">IbeamCursor</a> );
|
|
|
</pre>
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p> If no cursor has been set, or after a call to <a href="tqwidget.html#unsetCursor">unsetCursor</a>(), the
|
|
|
parent's cursor is used. The function unsetCursor() has no effect
|
|
|
on top-level widgets.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="ntqapplication.html#setOverrideCursor">QApplication::setOverrideCursor</a>().
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="tqwidget.html#setCursor">setCursor</a>(), get this property's value with <a href="tqwidget.html#cursor">cursor</a>(), and reset this property's value with <a href="tqwidget.html#unsetCursor">unsetCursor</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>TQWidget::customWhatsThis</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="tqwidget.html#customWhatsThis-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds whether the widget wants to handle What's This help manually.
|
|
|
<p>The default implementation of <a href="tqwidget.html#customWhatsThis">customWhatsThis</a>() returns FALSE,
|
|
|
which means the widget will not receive any events in Whats This
|
|
|
mode.
|
|
|
<p> The widget may leave What's This mode by calling
|
|
|
<a href="ntqwhatsthis.html#leaveWhatsThisMode">QWhatsThis::leaveWhatsThisMode</a>(), with or without actually
|
|
|
displaying any help text.
|
|
|
<p> You can also reimplement customWhatsThis() if your widget is a
|
|
|
"passive interactor" supposed to work under all circumstances.
|
|
|
Simply don't call QWhatsThis::leaveWhatsThisMode() in that case.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="ntqwhatsthis.html#inWhatsThisMode">QWhatsThis::inWhatsThisMode</a>() and <a href="ntqwhatsthis.html#leaveWhatsThisMode">QWhatsThis::leaveWhatsThisMode</a>().
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Get this property's value with <a href="tqwidget.html#customWhatsThis">customWhatsThis</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>TQWidget::enabled</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="tqwidget.html#enabled-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds whether the widget is enabled.
|
|
|
<p>An enabled widget receives keyboard and mouse events; a disabled
|
|
|
widget does not. In fact, an enabled widget only receives keyboard
|
|
|
events when it is in focus.
|
|
|
<p> Some widgets display themselves differently when they are
|
|
|
disabled. For example a button might draw its label grayed out. If
|
|
|
your widget needs to know when it becomes enabled or disabled, you
|
|
|
can reimplement the <a href="tqwidget.html#enabledChange">enabledChange</a>() function.
|
|
|
<p> Disabling a widget implicitly disables all its children. Enabling
|
|
|
respectively enables all child widgets unless they have been
|
|
|
explicitly disabled.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="tqwidget.html#enabled-prop">enabled</a>, <a href="tqwidget.html#isEnabledTo">isEnabledTo</a>(), <a href="qkeyevent.html">QKeyEvent</a>, <a href="qmouseevent.html">QMouseEvent</a>, and <a href="tqwidget.html#enabledChange">enabledChange</a>().
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="tqwidget.html#setEnabled">setEnabled</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="tqwidget.html#isEnabled">isEnabled</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>TQWidget::focus</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="tqwidget.html#focus-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds whether this widget (or its focus proxy) has the keyboard input focus.
|
|
|
<p>Effectively equivalent to <tt>qApp-&gt;focusWidget() == this</tt>.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="tqwidget.html#setFocus">setFocus</a>(), <a href="tqwidget.html#clearFocus">clearFocus</a>(), <a href="tqwidget.html#focusPolicy-prop">focusPolicy</a>, and <a href="ntqapplication.html#focusWidget">QApplication::focusWidget</a>().
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Get this property's value with <a href="tqwidget.html#hasFocus">hasFocus</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>TQWidget::focusEnabled</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="tqwidget.html#focusEnabled-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds whether the widget accepts <a href="focus.html#keyboard-focus">keyboard focus</a>.
|
|
|
<p>Keyboard focus is initially disabled (i.e. <a href="tqwidget.html#focusPolicy">focusPolicy</a>() ==
|
|
|
<a href="tqwidget.html#FocusPolicy-enum">TQWidget::NoFocus</a>).
|
|
|
<p> You must enable keyboard focus for a widget if it processes
|
|
|
keyboard events. This is normally done from the widget's
|
|
|
constructor. For instance, the <a href="ntqlineedit.html">QLineEdit</a> constructor calls
|
|
|
<a href="tqwidget.html#setFocusPolicy">setFocusPolicy</a>(TQWidget::StrongFocus).
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="tqwidget.html#focusPolicy-prop">focusPolicy</a>, <a href="tqwidget.html#focusInEvent">focusInEvent</a>(), <a href="tqwidget.html#focusOutEvent">focusOutEvent</a>(), <a href="tqwidget.html#keyPressEvent">keyPressEvent</a>(), <a href="tqwidget.html#keyReleaseEvent">keyReleaseEvent</a>(), and <a href="tqwidget.html#enabled-prop">enabled</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Get this property's value with <a href="tqwidget.html#isFocusEnabled">isFocusEnabled</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>TQWidget::focusPolicy</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="tqwidget.html#focusPolicy-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the way the widget accepts <a href="focus.html#keyboard-focus">keyboard focus</a>.
|
|
|
<p>The policy is <a href="tqwidget.html#FocusPolicy-enum">TQWidget::TabFocus</a> if the widget accepts keyboard
|
|
|
focus by tabbing, <a href="tqwidget.html#FocusPolicy-enum">TQWidget::ClickFocus</a> if the widget accepts
|
|
|
focus by clicking, <a href="tqwidget.html#FocusPolicy-enum">TQWidget::StrongFocus</a> if it accepts both, and
|
|
|
<a href="tqwidget.html#FocusPolicy-enum">TQWidget::NoFocus</a> (the default) if it does not accept focus at
|
|
|
all.
|
|
|
<p> You must enable keyboard focus for a widget if it processes
|
|
|
keyboard events. This is normally done from the widget's
|
|
|
constructor. For instance, the <a href="ntqlineedit.html">QLineEdit</a> constructor calls
|
|
|
<a href="tqwidget.html#setFocusPolicy">setFocusPolicy</a>(TQWidget::StrongFocus).
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="tqwidget.html#focusEnabled-prop">focusEnabled</a>, <a href="tqwidget.html#focusInEvent">focusInEvent</a>(), <a href="tqwidget.html#focusOutEvent">focusOutEvent</a>(), <a href="tqwidget.html#keyPressEvent">keyPressEvent</a>(), <a href="tqwidget.html#keyReleaseEvent">keyReleaseEvent</a>(), and <a href="tqwidget.html#enabled-prop">enabled</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="tqwidget.html#setFocusPolicy">setFocusPolicy</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="tqwidget.html#focusPolicy">focusPolicy</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>TQWidget::font</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="tqwidget.html#font-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the font currently set for the widget.
|
|
|
<p>The <a href="tqwidget.html#fontInfo">fontInfo</a>() function reports the actual font that is being used
|
|
|
by the widget.
|
|
|
<p> As long as no special font has been set, or after <a href="tqwidget.html#unsetFont">unsetFont</a>() is
|
|
|
called, this is either a special font for the widget class, the
|
|
|
parent's font or (if this widget is a top level widget), the
|
|
|
default application font.
|
|
|
<p> This code fragment sets a 12 point helvetica bold font:
|
|
|
<pre>
|
|
|
<a href="ntqfont.html">QFont</a> f( "Helvetica", 12, QFont::Bold );
|
|
|
<a href="tqwidget.html#setFont">setFont</a>( f );
|
|
|
</pre>
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p> In addition to setting the font, <a href="tqwidget.html#setFont">setFont</a>() informs all children
|
|
|
about the change.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="tqwidget.html#fontChange">fontChange</a>(), <a href="tqwidget.html#fontInfo">fontInfo</a>(), <a href="tqwidget.html#fontMetrics">fontMetrics</a>(), and <a href="tqwidget.html#ownFont-prop">ownFont</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="tqwidget.html#setFont">setFont</a>(), get this property's value with <a href="tqwidget.html#font">font</a>(), and reset this property's value with <a href="tqwidget.html#unsetFont">unsetFont</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>TQWidget::frameGeometry</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="tqwidget.html#frameGeometry-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds geometry of the widget relative to its parent including any window frame.
|
|
|
<p>See the <a href="geometry.html">Window Geometry documentation</a>
|
|
|
for an overview of geometry issues with top-level widgets.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="tqwidget.html#geometry-prop">geometry</a>, <a href="tqwidget.html#x-prop">x</a>, <a href="tqwidget.html#y-prop">y</a>, and <a href="tqwidget.html#pos-prop">pos</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Get this property's value with <a href="tqwidget.html#frameGeometry">frameGeometry</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>TQWidget::frameSize</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="tqwidget.html#frameSize-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the size of the widget including any window frame.
|
|
|
<p>
|
|
|
<p>Get this property's value with <a href="tqwidget.html#frameSize">frameSize</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>TQWidget::fullScreen</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="tqwidget.html#fullScreen-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds whether the widget is full screen.
|
|
|
<p>Get this property's value with <a href="tqwidget.html#isFullScreen">isFullScreen</a>().
|
|
|
<p><p>See also <a href="tqwidget.html#windowState">windowState</a>(), <a href="tqwidget.html#minimized-prop">minimized</a>, and <a href="tqwidget.html#maximized-prop">maximized</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>TQWidget::geometry</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="tqwidget.html#geometry-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the geometry of the widget relative to its parent and excluding the window frame.
|
|
|
<p>When changing the geometry, the widget, if visible, receives a
|
|
|
move event (<a href="tqwidget.html#moveEvent">moveEvent</a>()) and/or a resize event (<a href="tqwidget.html#resizeEvent">resizeEvent</a>())
|
|
|
immediately. If the widget is not currently visible, it is
|
|
|
guaranteed to receive appropriate events before it is shown.
|
|
|
<p> The size component is adjusted if it lies outside the range
|
|
|
defined by <a href="tqwidget.html#minimumSize">minimumSize</a>() and <a href="tqwidget.html#maximumSize">maximumSize</a>().
|
|
|
<p> <a href="tqwidget.html#setGeometry">setGeometry</a>() is virtual, and all other overloaded setGeometry()
|
|
|
implementations in TQt call it.
|
|
|
<p> <b>Warning:</b> Calling setGeometry() inside resizeEvent() or moveEvent()
|
|
|
can lead to infinite recursion.
|
|
|
<p> See the <a href="geometry.html">Window Geometry documentation</a>
|
|
|
for an overview of top-level widget geometry.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="tqwidget.html#frameGeometry-prop">frameGeometry</a>, <a href="tqwidget.html#rect-prop">rect</a>, <a href="tqwidget.html#pos-prop">pos</a>, <a href="tqwidget.html#size-prop">size</a>, <a href="tqwidget.html#moveEvent">moveEvent</a>(), <a href="tqwidget.html#resizeEvent">resizeEvent</a>(), <a href="tqwidget.html#minimumSize-prop">minimumSize</a>, and <a href="tqwidget.html#maximumSize-prop">maximumSize</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="tqwidget.html#setGeometry">setGeometry</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="tqwidget.html#geometry">geometry</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>TQWidget::height</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="tqwidget.html#height-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the height of the widget excluding any window frame.
|
|
|
<p>See the <a href="geometry.html">Window Geometry documentation</a>
|
|
|
for an overview of top-level widget geometry.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="tqwidget.html#geometry-prop">geometry</a>, <a href="tqwidget.html#width-prop">width</a>, and <a href="tqwidget.html#size-prop">size</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Get this property's value with <a href="tqwidget.html#height">height</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>TQWidget::hidden</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="tqwidget.html#hidden-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds whether the widget is explicitly hidden.
|
|
|
<p>If FALSE, the widget is visible or would become visible if all its
|
|
|
ancestors became visible.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="tqwidget.html#hide">hide</a>(), <a href="tqwidget.html#show">show</a>(), <a href="tqwidget.html#visible-prop">visible</a>, <a href="tqwidget.html#isVisibleTo">isVisibleTo</a>(), and <a href="tqwidget.html#shown-prop">shown</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="tqwidget.html#setHidden">setHidden</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="tqwidget.html#isHidden">isHidden</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>TQWidget::icon</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="tqwidget.html#icon-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the widget's icon.
|
|
|
<p>This property only makes sense for top-level widgets. If no icon
|
|
|
has been set, <a href="tqwidget.html#icon">icon</a>() returns 0.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="tqwidget.html#iconText-prop">iconText</a>, <a href="tqwidget.html#caption-prop">caption</a>, and <a href="appicon.html">Setting the Application Icon</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="tqwidget.html#setIcon">setIcon</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="tqwidget.html#icon">icon</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>TQWidget::iconText</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="tqwidget.html#iconText-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the widget's icon text.
|
|
|
<p>This property only makes sense for top-level widgets. If no icon
|
|
|
text has been set, this functions returns <a href="ntqstring.html#TQString-null">TQString::null</a>.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="tqwidget.html#icon-prop">icon</a> and <a href="tqwidget.html#caption-prop">caption</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="tqwidget.html#setIconText">setIconText</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="tqwidget.html#iconText">iconText</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>TQWidget::inputMethodEnabled</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="tqwidget.html#inputMethodEnabled-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds enables or disables the use of input methods for this widget.
|
|
|
<p>Most Widgets (as eg. buttons) that do not handle text input should have
|
|
|
the input method disabled if they have focus. This is the default.
|
|
|
<p> If a widget handles text input it should set this property to TRUE.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="tqwidget.html#setInputMethodEnabled">setInputMethodEnabled</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="tqwidget.html#isInputMethodEnabled">isInputMethodEnabled</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>TQWidget::isActiveWindow</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="tqwidget.html#isActiveWindow-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds whether this widget is the active window.
|
|
|
<p>The active window is the window that contains the widget
|
|
|
that has <a href="focus.html#keyboard-focus">keyboard focus</a>.
|
|
|
<p> When popup windows are visible, this property is TRUE for both the
|
|
|
active window <em>and</em> for the popup.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="tqwidget.html#setActiveWindow">setActiveWindow</a>() and <a href="ntqapplication.html#activeWindow">QApplication::activeWindow</a>().
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Get this property's value with <a href="tqwidget.html#isActiveWindow">isActiveWindow</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>TQWidget::isDesktop</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="tqwidget.html#isDesktop-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds whether the widget is a desktop widget, i.e. represents the desktop.
|
|
|
<p>A desktop widget is also a top-level widget.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="tqwidget.html#isTopLevel-prop">isTopLevel</a> and <a href="ntqapplication.html#desktop">QApplication::desktop</a>().
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Get this property's value with <a href="tqwidget.html#isDesktop">isDesktop</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>TQWidget::isDialog</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="tqwidget.html#isDialog-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds whether the widget is a dialog widget.
|
|
|
<p>A dialog widget is a secondary top-level widget, i.e. a top-level
|
|
|
widget with a parent.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="tqwidget.html#isTopLevel-prop">isTopLevel</a> and <a href="ntqdialog.html">QDialog</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Get this property's value with <a href="tqwidget.html#isDialog">isDialog</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>TQWidget::isModal</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="tqwidget.html#isModal-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds whether the widget is a modal widget.
|
|
|
<p>This property only makes sense for top-level widgets. A modal
|
|
|
widget prevents widgets in all other top-level widgets from
|
|
|
getting any input.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="tqwidget.html#isTopLevel-prop">isTopLevel</a>, <a href="tqwidget.html#isDialog-prop">isDialog</a>, and <a href="ntqdialog.html">QDialog</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Get this property's value with <a href="tqwidget.html#isModal">isModal</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>TQWidget::isPopup</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="tqwidget.html#isPopup-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds whether the widget is a popup widget.
|
|
|
<p>A popup widget is created by specifying the <a href="ntqt.html#WidgetFlags">widget flag</a> <a href="ntqt.html#WidgetFlags-enum">WType_Popup</a> to the widget constructor. A popup widget is also a
|
|
|
top-level widget.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="tqwidget.html#isTopLevel-prop">isTopLevel</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Get this property's value with <a href="tqwidget.html#isPopup">isPopup</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>TQWidget::isTopLevel</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="tqwidget.html#isTopLevel-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds whether the widget is a top-level widget.
|
|
|
<p>A top-level widget is a widget which usually has a frame and a
|
|
|
<a href="tqwidget.html#caption-prop">caption (title)</a>. <a href="tqwidget.html#isPopup">Popup</a> and <a href="tqwidget.html#isDesktop">desktop</a> widgets are also top-level widgets.
|
|
|
<p> A top-level widget can have a <a href="tqwidget.html#parentWidget">parent
|
|
|
widget</a>. It will then be grouped with its parent and deleted
|
|
|
when the parent is deleted, minimized when the parent is minimized
|
|
|
etc. If supported by the window manager, it will also have a
|
|
|
common taskbar entry with its parent.
|
|
|
<p> <a href="ntqdialog.html">QDialog</a> and <a href="ntqmainwindow.html">QMainWindow</a> widgets are by default top-level, even if
|
|
|
a parent widget is specified in the constructor. This behavior is
|
|
|
specified by the <a href="ntqt.html#WidgetFlags-enum">WType_TopLevel</a> widget flag.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="tqwidget.html#topLevelWidget">topLevelWidget</a>(), <a href="tqwidget.html#isDialog-prop">isDialog</a>, <a href="tqwidget.html#isModal-prop">isModal</a>, <a href="tqwidget.html#isPopup-prop">isPopup</a>, <a href="tqwidget.html#isDesktop-prop">isDesktop</a>, and <a href="tqwidget.html#parentWidget">parentWidget</a>().
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Get this property's value with <a href="tqwidget.html#isTopLevel">isTopLevel</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>TQWidget::maximized</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="tqwidget.html#maximized-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds whether this widget is maximized.
|
|
|
<p>This property is only relevant for top-level widgets.
|
|
|
<p> Note that due to limitations in some window-systems, this does not
|
|
|
always report the expected results (e.g. if the user on X11
|
|
|
maximizes the window via the window manager, TQt has no way of
|
|
|
distinguishing this from any other resize). This is expected to
|
|
|
improve as window manager protocols evolve.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="tqwidget.html#windowState">windowState</a>(), <a href="tqwidget.html#showMaximized">showMaximized</a>(), <a href="tqwidget.html#visible-prop">visible</a>, <a href="tqwidget.html#show">show</a>(), <a href="tqwidget.html#hide">hide</a>(), <a href="tqwidget.html#showNormal">showNormal</a>(), and <a href="tqwidget.html#minimized-prop">minimized</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Get this property's value with <a href="tqwidget.html#isMaximized">isMaximized</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>TQWidget::maximumHeight</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="tqwidget.html#maximumHeight-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the widget's maximum height.
|
|
|
<p>This property corresponds to <a href="tqwidget.html#maximumSize">maximumSize</a>().<a href="tqwidget.html#height">height</a>().
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="tqwidget.html#maximumSize-prop">maximumSize</a> and <a href="tqwidget.html#maximumWidth-prop">maximumWidth</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="tqwidget.html#setMaximumHeight">setMaximumHeight</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="tqwidget.html#maximumHeight">maximumHeight</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>TQWidget::maximumSize</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="tqwidget.html#maximumSize-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the widget's maximum size.
|
|
|
<p>The widget cannot be resized to a larger size than the maximum
|
|
|
widget size.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="tqwidget.html#maximumWidth-prop">maximumWidth</a>, <a href="tqwidget.html#maximumHeight-prop">maximumHeight</a>, <a href="tqwidget.html#maximumSize-prop">maximumSize</a>, <a href="tqwidget.html#minimumSize-prop">minimumSize</a>, and <a href="tqwidget.html#sizeIncrement-prop">sizeIncrement</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="tqwidget.html#setMaximumSize">setMaximumSize</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="tqwidget.html#maximumSize">maximumSize</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>TQWidget::maximumWidth</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="tqwidget.html#maximumWidth-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the widget's maximum width.
|
|
|
<p>This property corresponds to <a href="tqwidget.html#maximumSize">maximumSize</a>().<a href="tqwidget.html#width">width</a>().
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="tqwidget.html#maximumSize-prop">maximumSize</a> and <a href="tqwidget.html#maximumHeight-prop">maximumHeight</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="tqwidget.html#setMaximumWidth">setMaximumWidth</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="tqwidget.html#maximumWidth">maximumWidth</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>TQWidget::microFocusHint</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="tqwidget.html#microFocusHint-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the currently set micro focus hint for this widget.
|
|
|
<p>See the documentation of <a href="tqwidget.html#setMicroFocusHint">setMicroFocusHint</a>() for more information.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Get this property's value with <a href="tqwidget.html#microFocusHint">microFocusHint</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>TQWidget::minimized</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="tqwidget.html#minimized-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds whether this widget is minimized (iconified).
|
|
|
<p>This property is only relevant for top-level widgets.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="tqwidget.html#showMinimized">showMinimized</a>(), <a href="tqwidget.html#visible-prop">visible</a>, <a href="tqwidget.html#show">show</a>(), <a href="tqwidget.html#hide">hide</a>(), <a href="tqwidget.html#showNormal">showNormal</a>(), and <a href="tqwidget.html#maximized-prop">maximized</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Get this property's value with <a href="tqwidget.html#isMinimized">isMinimized</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>TQWidget::minimumHeight</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="tqwidget.html#minimumHeight-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the widget's minimum height.
|
|
|
<p>This property corresponds to <a href="tqwidget.html#minimumSize">minimumSize</a>().<a href="tqwidget.html#height">height</a>().
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="tqwidget.html#minimumSize-prop">minimumSize</a> and <a href="tqwidget.html#minimumWidth-prop">minimumWidth</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="tqwidget.html#setMinimumHeight">setMinimumHeight</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="tqwidget.html#minimumHeight">minimumHeight</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>TQWidget::minimumSize</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="tqwidget.html#minimumSize-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the widget's minimum size.
|
|
|
<p>The widget cannot be resized to a smaller size than the minimum
|
|
|
widget size. The widget's size is forced to the minimum size if
|
|
|
the current size is smaller.
|
|
|
<p> If you use a layout inside the widget, the minimum size will be
|
|
|
set by the layout and not by <a href="tqwidget.html#setMinimumSize">setMinimumSize</a>(), unless you set the
|
|
|
layout's resize mode to QLayout::FreeResize.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="tqwidget.html#minimumWidth-prop">minimumWidth</a>, <a href="tqwidget.html#minimumHeight-prop">minimumHeight</a>, <a href="tqwidget.html#maximumSize-prop">maximumSize</a>, <a href="tqwidget.html#sizeIncrement-prop">sizeIncrement</a>, and <a href="ntqlayout.html#resizeMode-prop">QLayout::resizeMode</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="tqwidget.html#setMinimumSize">setMinimumSize</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="tqwidget.html#minimumSize">minimumSize</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>TQWidget::minimumSizeHint</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="tqwidget.html#minimumSizeHint-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the recommended minimum size for the widget.
|
|
|
<p>If the value of this property is an invalid size, no minimum size
|
|
|
is recommended.
|
|
|
<p> The default implementation of <a href="tqwidget.html#minimumSizeHint">minimumSizeHint</a>() returns an invalid
|
|
|
size if there is no layout for this widget, and returns the
|
|
|
layout's minimum size otherwise. Most built-in widgets reimplement
|
|
|
minimumSizeHint().
|
|
|
<p> <a href="ntqlayout.html">QLayout</a> will never resize a widget to a size smaller than
|
|
|
minimumSizeHint.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="ntqsize.html#isValid">QSize::isValid</a>(), <a href="tqwidget.html#size-prop">size</a>, <a href="tqwidget.html#minimumSize-prop">minimumSize</a>, and <a href="tqwidget.html#sizePolicy-prop">sizePolicy</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Get this property's value with <a href="tqwidget.html#minimumSizeHint">minimumSizeHint</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>TQWidget::minimumWidth</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="tqwidget.html#minimumWidth-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the widget's minimum width.
|
|
|
<p>This property corresponds to <a href="tqwidget.html#minimumSize">minimumSize</a>().<a href="tqwidget.html#width">width</a>().
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="tqwidget.html#minimumSize-prop">minimumSize</a> and <a href="tqwidget.html#minimumHeight-prop">minimumHeight</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="tqwidget.html#setMinimumWidth">setMinimumWidth</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="tqwidget.html#minimumWidth">minimumWidth</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>TQWidget::mouseTracking</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="tqwidget.html#mouseTracking-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds whether mouse tracking is enabled for the widget.
|
|
|
<p>If mouse tracking is disabled (the default), the widget only
|
|
|
receives mouse move events when at least one mouse button is
|
|
|
pressed while the mouse is being moved.
|
|
|
<p> If mouse tracking is enabled, the widget receives mouse move
|
|
|
events even if no buttons are pressed.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="tqwidget.html#mouseMoveEvent">mouseMoveEvent</a>() and <a href="ntqapplication.html#setGlobalMouseTracking">QApplication::setGlobalMouseTracking</a>().
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="tqwidget.html#setMouseTracking">setMouseTracking</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="tqwidget.html#hasMouseTracking">hasMouseTracking</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>TQWidget::ownCursor</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="tqwidget.html#ownCursor-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds whether the widget uses its own cursor.
|
|
|
<p>If FALSE, the widget uses its parent widget's cursor.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="tqwidget.html#cursor-prop">cursor</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Get this property's value with <a href="tqwidget.html#ownCursor">ownCursor</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>TQWidget::ownFont</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="tqwidget.html#ownFont-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds whether the widget uses its own font.
|
|
|
<p>If FALSE, the widget uses its parent widget's font.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="tqwidget.html#font-prop">font</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Get this property's value with <a href="tqwidget.html#ownFont">ownFont</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>TQWidget::ownPalette</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="tqwidget.html#ownPalette-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds whether the widget uses its own palette.
|
|
|
<p>If FALSE, the widget uses its parent widget's palette.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="tqwidget.html#palette-prop">palette</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Get this property's value with <a href="tqwidget.html#ownPalette">ownPalette</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>TQWidget::palette</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="tqwidget.html#palette-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the widget's palette.
|
|
|
<p>As long as no special palette has been set, or after <a href="tqwidget.html#unsetPalette">unsetPalette</a>()
|
|
|
has been called, this is either a special palette for the widget
|
|
|
class, the parent's palette or (if this widget is a top level
|
|
|
widget), the default application palette.
|
|
|
<p> Instead of defining an entirely new palette, you can also use the
|
|
|
<a href="tqwidget.html#paletteBackgroundColor-prop">paletteBackgroundColor</a>,
|
|
|
<a href="tqwidget.html#paletteBackgroundPixmap-prop">paletteBackgroundPixmap</a> and
|
|
|
<a href="tqwidget.html#paletteForegroundColor-prop">paletteForegroundColor</a>
|
|
|
convenience properties to change a widget's
|
|
|
background and foreground appearance only.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="tqwidget.html#ownPalette-prop">ownPalette</a>, <a href="tqwidget.html#colorGroup-prop">colorGroup</a>, and <a href="ntqapplication.html#palette">QApplication::palette</a>().
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="tqwidget.html#setPalette">setPalette</a>(), get this property's value with <a href="tqwidget.html#palette">palette</a>(), and reset this property's value with <a href="tqwidget.html#unsetPalette">unsetPalette</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>TQWidget::paletteBackgroundColor</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="tqwidget.html#paletteBackgroundColor-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the background color of the widget.
|
|
|
<p>The palette background color is usually set implicitly by
|
|
|
<a href="tqwidget.html#setBackgroundMode">setBackgroundMode</a>(), although it can also be set explicitly by
|
|
|
<a href="tqwidget.html#setPaletteBackgroundColor">setPaletteBackgroundColor</a>(). setPaletteBackgroundColor() is a
|
|
|
convenience function that creates and sets a modified <a href="ntqpalette.html">QPalette</a>
|
|
|
with <a href="tqwidget.html#setPalette">setPalette</a>(). The palette is modified according to the
|
|
|
widget's background mode. For example, if the background mode is
|
|
|
<a href="ntqt.html#BackgroundMode-enum">PaletteButton</a> the color used for the palette's <a href="qcolorgroup.html#ColorRole-enum">QColorGroup::Button</a> color entry is set.
|
|
|
<p> If there is a background pixmap (set using
|
|
|
<a href="tqwidget.html#setPaletteBackgroundPixmap">setPaletteBackgroundPixmap</a>()), then the return value of this
|
|
|
function is indeterminate.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="tqwidget.html#paletteBackgroundPixmap-prop">paletteBackgroundPixmap</a>, <a href="tqwidget.html#paletteForegroundColor-prop">paletteForegroundColor</a>, <a href="tqwidget.html#palette-prop">palette</a>, and <a href="tqwidget.html#colorGroup-prop">colorGroup</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="tqwidget.html#setPaletteBackgroundColor">setPaletteBackgroundColor</a>(), get this property's value with <a href="tqwidget.html#paletteBackgroundColor">paletteBackgroundColor</a>(), and reset this property's value with <a href="tqwidget.html#unsetPalette">unsetPalette</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>TQWidget::paletteBackgroundPixmap</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="tqwidget.html#paletteBackgroundPixmap-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the background pixmap of the widget.
|
|
|
<p>The palette background pixmap is usually set implicitly by
|
|
|
<a href="tqwidget.html#setBackgroundMode">setBackgroundMode</a>(), although it can also be set explicitly by
|
|
|
<a href="tqwidget.html#setPaletteBackgroundPixmap">setPaletteBackgroundPixmap</a>(). setPaletteBackgroundPixmap() is a
|
|
|
convenience function that creates and sets a modified <a href="ntqpalette.html">QPalette</a>
|
|
|
with <a href="tqwidget.html#setPalette">setPalette</a>(). The palette is modified according to the
|
|
|
widget's background mode. For example, if the background mode is
|
|
|
<a href="ntqt.html#BackgroundMode-enum">PaletteButton</a> the pixmap used for the palette's
|
|
|
<a href="qcolorgroup.html#ColorRole-enum">QColorGroup::Button</a> color entry is set.
|
|
|
<p> If there is a plain background color (set using
|
|
|
<a href="tqwidget.html#setPaletteBackgroundColor">setPaletteBackgroundColor</a>()), then this function returns 0.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="tqwidget.html#paletteBackgroundColor-prop">paletteBackgroundColor</a>, <a href="tqwidget.html#paletteForegroundColor-prop">paletteForegroundColor</a>, <a href="tqwidget.html#palette-prop">palette</a>, and <a href="tqwidget.html#colorGroup-prop">colorGroup</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="tqwidget.html#setPaletteBackgroundPixmap">setPaletteBackgroundPixmap</a>(), get this property's value with <a href="tqwidget.html#paletteBackgroundPixmap">paletteBackgroundPixmap</a>(), and reset this property's value with <a href="tqwidget.html#unsetPalette">unsetPalette</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>TQWidget::paletteForegroundColor</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="tqwidget.html#paletteForegroundColor-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the foreground color of the widget.
|
|
|
<p>setPaletteForegroundColor() is a convenience function that creates
|
|
|
and sets a modified <a href="ntqpalette.html">QPalette</a> with <a href="tqwidget.html#setPalette">setPalette</a>(). The palette is
|
|
|
modified according to the widget's <em>background mode</em>. For
|
|
|
example, if the background mode is <a href="ntqt.html#BackgroundMode-enum">PaletteButton</a> the palette entry
|
|
|
<a href="qcolorgroup.html#ColorRole-enum">QColorGroup::ButtonText</a> is set to color.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="tqwidget.html#palette-prop">palette</a>, <a href="ntqapplication.html#setPalette">QApplication::setPalette</a>(), <a href="tqwidget.html#backgroundMode-prop">backgroundMode</a>, <a href="tqwidget.html#foregroundColor">foregroundColor</a>(), <a href="tqwidget.html#backgroundMode-prop">backgroundMode</a>, and <a href="tqwidget.html#setEraseColor">setEraseColor</a>().
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="tqwidget.html#setPaletteForegroundColor">setPaletteForegroundColor</a>(), get this property's value with <a href="tqwidget.html#paletteForegroundColor">paletteForegroundColor</a>(), and reset this property's value with <a href="tqwidget.html#unsetPalette">unsetPalette</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>TQWidget::pos</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="tqwidget.html#pos-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the position of the widget within its parent widget.
|
|
|
<p>If the widget is a top-level widget, the position is that of the
|
|
|
widget on the desktop, including its frame.
|
|
|
<p> When changing the position, the widget, if visible, receives a
|
|
|
move event (<a href="tqwidget.html#moveEvent">moveEvent</a>()) immediately. If the widget is not
|
|
|
currently visible, it is guaranteed to receive an event before it
|
|
|
is shown.
|
|
|
<p> <a href="tqwidget.html#move">move</a>() is virtual, and all other overloaded move() implementations
|
|
|
in TQt call it.
|
|
|
<p> <b>Warning:</b> Calling move() or <a href="tqwidget.html#setGeometry">setGeometry</a>() inside moveEvent() can
|
|
|
lead to infinite recursion.
|
|
|
<p> See the <a href="geometry.html">Window Geometry documentation</a>
|
|
|
for an overview of top-level widget geometry.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="tqwidget.html#frameGeometry-prop">frameGeometry</a>, <a href="tqwidget.html#size-prop">size</a>, <a href="tqwidget.html#x-prop">x</a>, and <a href="tqwidget.html#y-prop">y</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="tqwidget.html#move">move</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="tqwidget.html#pos">pos</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>TQWidget::rect</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="tqwidget.html#rect-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the internal geometry of the widget excluding any window frame.
|
|
|
<p>The rect property equals <a href="ntqrect.html">QRect</a>(0, 0, <a href="tqwidget.html#width">width</a>(), <a href="tqwidget.html#height">height</a>()).
|
|
|
<p> See the <a href="geometry.html">Window Geometry documentation</a>
|
|
|
for an overview of top-level widget geometry.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="tqwidget.html#size-prop">size</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Get this property's value with <a href="tqwidget.html#rect">rect</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>TQWidget::shown</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="tqwidget.html#shown-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds whether the widget is shown.
|
|
|
<p>If TRUE, the widget is visible or would become visible if all its
|
|
|
ancestors became visible.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="tqwidget.html#hide">hide</a>(), <a href="tqwidget.html#show">show</a>(), <a href="tqwidget.html#visible-prop">visible</a>, <a href="tqwidget.html#isVisibleTo">isVisibleTo</a>(), and <a href="tqwidget.html#hidden-prop">hidden</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="tqwidget.html#setShown">setShown</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="tqwidget.html#isShown">isShown</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>TQWidget::size</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="tqwidget.html#size-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the size of the widget excluding any window frame.
|
|
|
<p>When resizing, the widget, if visible, receives a resize event
|
|
|
(<a href="tqwidget.html#resizeEvent">resizeEvent</a>()) immediately. If the widget is not currently
|
|
|
visible, it is guaranteed to receive an event before it is shown.
|
|
|
<p> The size is adjusted if it lies outside the range defined by
|
|
|
<a href="tqwidget.html#minimumSize">minimumSize</a>() and <a href="tqwidget.html#maximumSize">maximumSize</a>(). Furthermore, the size is always
|
|
|
at least <a href="ntqsize.html">QSize</a>(1, 1). For toplevel widgets, the minimum size
|
|
|
might be larger, depending on the window manager.
|
|
|
<p> If you want a top-level window to have a fixed size, call
|
|
|
setResizeMode( QLayout::FreeResize ) on its layout.
|
|
|
<p> <a href="tqwidget.html#resize">resize</a>() is virtual, and all other overloaded resize()
|
|
|
implementations in TQt call it.
|
|
|
<p> <b>Warning:</b> Calling resize() or <a href="tqwidget.html#setGeometry">setGeometry</a>() inside resizeEvent() can
|
|
|
lead to infinite recursion.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="tqwidget.html#pos-prop">pos</a>, <a href="tqwidget.html#geometry-prop">geometry</a>, <a href="tqwidget.html#minimumSize-prop">minimumSize</a>, <a href="tqwidget.html#maximumSize-prop">maximumSize</a>, and <a href="tqwidget.html#resizeEvent">resizeEvent</a>().
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="tqwidget.html#resize">resize</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="tqwidget.html#size">size</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>TQWidget::sizeHint</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="tqwidget.html#sizeHint-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the recommended size for the widget.
|
|
|
<p>If the value of this property is an invalid size, no size is
|
|
|
recommended.
|
|
|
<p> The default implementation of <a href="tqwidget.html#sizeHint">sizeHint</a>() returns an invalid size
|
|
|
if there is no layout for this widget, and returns the layout's
|
|
|
preferred size otherwise.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="ntqsize.html#isValid">QSize::isValid</a>(), <a href="tqwidget.html#minimumSizeHint-prop">minimumSizeHint</a>, <a href="tqwidget.html#sizePolicy-prop">sizePolicy</a>, <a href="tqwidget.html#minimumSize-prop">minimumSize</a>, and <a href="tqwidget.html#updateGeometry">updateGeometry</a>().
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Get this property's value with <a href="tqwidget.html#sizeHint">sizeHint</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>TQWidget::sizeIncrement</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="tqwidget.html#sizeIncrement-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the size increment of the widget.
|
|
|
<p>When the user resizes the window, the size will move in steps of
|
|
|
<a href="tqwidget.html#sizeIncrement">sizeIncrement</a>().<a href="tqwidget.html#width">width</a>() pixels horizontally and
|
|
|
sizeIncrement.<a href="tqwidget.html#height">height</a>() pixels vertically, with <a href="tqwidget.html#baseSize">baseSize</a>() as the
|
|
|
basis. Preferred widget sizes are for non-negative integers <em>i</em>
|
|
|
and <em>j</em>:
|
|
|
<pre>
|
|
|
<a href="tqwidget.html#width-prop">width</a> = <a href="tqwidget.html#baseSize">baseSize</a>().width() + i * sizeIncrement().width();
|
|
|
<a href="tqwidget.html#height-prop">height</a> = <a href="tqwidget.html#baseSize">baseSize</a>().height() + j * sizeIncrement().height();
|
|
|
</pre>
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p> Note that while you can set the size increment for all widgets, it
|
|
|
only affects top-level widgets.
|
|
|
<p> <b>Warning:</b> The size increment has no effect under Windows, and may
|
|
|
be disregarded by the window manager on X.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="tqwidget.html#size-prop">size</a>, <a href="tqwidget.html#minimumSize-prop">minimumSize</a>, and <a href="tqwidget.html#maximumSize-prop">maximumSize</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="tqwidget.html#setSizeIncrement">setSizeIncrement</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="tqwidget.html#sizeIncrement">sizeIncrement</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>TQWidget::sizePolicy</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="tqwidget.html#sizePolicy-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the default layout behavior of the widget.
|
|
|
<p>If there is a <a href="ntqlayout.html">QLayout</a> that manages this widget's children, the
|
|
|
size policy specified by that layout is used. If there is no such
|
|
|
QLayout, the result of this function is used.
|
|
|
<p> The default policy is Preferred/Preferred, which means that the
|
|
|
widget can be freely resized, but prefers to be the size
|
|
|
<a href="tqwidget.html#sizeHint">sizeHint</a>() returns. Button-like widgets set the size policy to
|
|
|
specify that they may stretch horizontally, but are fixed
|
|
|
vertically. The same applies to lineedit controls (such as
|
|
|
<a href="ntqlineedit.html">QLineEdit</a>, <a href="ntqspinbox.html">QSpinBox</a> or an editable <a href="ntqcombobox.html">QComboBox</a>) and other
|
|
|
horizontally orientated widgets (such as <a href="ntqprogressbar.html">QProgressBar</a>).
|
|
|
<a href="ntqtoolbutton.html">QToolButton</a>'s are normally square, so they allow growth in both
|
|
|
directions. Widgets that support different directions (such as
|
|
|
<a href="ntqslider.html">QSlider</a>, <a href="ntqscrollbar.html">QScrollBar</a> or <a href="ntqheader.html">QHeader</a>) specify stretching in the
|
|
|
respective direction only. Widgets that can provide scrollbars
|
|
|
(usually subclasses of <a href="ntqscrollview.html">QScrollView</a>) tend to specify that they can
|
|
|
use additional space, and that they can make do with less than
|
|
|
sizeHint().
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="tqwidget.html#sizeHint-prop">sizeHint</a>, <a href="ntqlayout.html">QLayout</a>, <a href="ntqsizepolicy.html">QSizePolicy</a>, and <a href="tqwidget.html#updateGeometry">updateGeometry</a>().
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="tqwidget.html#setSizePolicy">setSizePolicy</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="tqwidget.html#sizePolicy">sizePolicy</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>TQWidget::underMouse</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="tqwidget.html#underMouse-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds whether the widget is under the mouse cursor.
|
|
|
<p>This value is not updated properly during drag and drop
|
|
|
operations.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="ntqevent.html#Type-enum">QEvent::Enter</a> and <a href="ntqevent.html#Type-enum">QEvent::Leave</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Get this property's value with <a href="tqwidget.html#hasMouse">hasMouse</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>TQWidget::updatesEnabled</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="tqwidget.html#updatesEnabled-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds whether updates are enabled.
|
|
|
<p>Calling <a href="tqwidget.html#update">update</a>() and <a href="tqwidget.html#repaint">repaint</a>() has no effect if updates are
|
|
|
disabled. Paint events from the window system are processed
|
|
|
normally even if updates are disabled.
|
|
|
<p> <a href="tqwidget.html#setUpdatesEnabled">setUpdatesEnabled</a>() is normally used to disable updates for a
|
|
|
short period of time, for instance to avoid screen flicker during
|
|
|
large changes.
|
|
|
<p> Example:
|
|
|
<pre>
|
|
|
<a href="tqwidget.html#setUpdatesEnabled">setUpdatesEnabled</a>( FALSE );
|
|
|
bigVisualChanges();
|
|
|
<a href="tqwidget.html#setUpdatesEnabled">setUpdatesEnabled</a>( TRUE );
|
|
|
<a href="tqwidget.html#repaint">repaint</a>();
|
|
|
</pre>
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="tqwidget.html#update">update</a>(), <a href="tqwidget.html#repaint">repaint</a>(), and <a href="tqwidget.html#paintEvent">paintEvent</a>().
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="tqwidget.html#setUpdatesEnabled">setUpdatesEnabled</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="tqwidget.html#isUpdatesEnabled">isUpdatesEnabled</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>TQWidget::visible</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="tqwidget.html#visible-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds whether the widget is visible.
|
|
|
<p>Calling <a href="tqwidget.html#show">show</a>() sets the widget to visible status if all its parent
|
|
|
widgets up to the top-level widget are visible. If an ancestor is
|
|
|
not visible, the widget won't become visible until all its
|
|
|
ancestors are shown.
|
|
|
<p> Calling <a href="tqwidget.html#hide">hide</a>() hides a widget explicitly. An explicitly hidden
|
|
|
widget will never become visible, even if all its ancestors become
|
|
|
visible, unless you show it.
|
|
|
<p> A widget receives show and hide events when its visibility status
|
|
|
changes. Between a hide and a show event, there is no need to
|
|
|
waste CPU cycles preparing or displaying information to the user.
|
|
|
A video application, for example, might simply stop generating new
|
|
|
frames.
|
|
|
<p> A widget that happens to be obscured by other windows on the
|
|
|
screen is considered to be visible. The same applies to iconified
|
|
|
top-level widgets and windows that exist on another virtual
|
|
|
desktop (on platforms that support this concept). A widget
|
|
|
receives spontaneous show and hide events when its mapping status
|
|
|
is changed by the window system, e.g. a spontaneous hide event
|
|
|
when the user minimizes the window, and a spontaneous show event
|
|
|
when the window is restored again.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="tqwidget.html#show">show</a>(), <a href="tqwidget.html#hide">hide</a>(), <a href="tqwidget.html#hidden-prop">hidden</a>, <a href="tqwidget.html#isVisibleTo">isVisibleTo</a>(), <a href="tqwidget.html#minimized-prop">minimized</a>, <a href="tqwidget.html#showEvent">showEvent</a>(), and <a href="tqwidget.html#hideEvent">hideEvent</a>().
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Get this property's value with <a href="tqwidget.html#isVisible">isVisible</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>TQWidget::visibleRect</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="tqwidget.html#visibleRect-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the visible rectangle.
|
|
|
<p><b>This property is obsolete.</b> It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code.
|
|
|
<p> No longer necessary, you can simply call <a href="tqwidget.html#repaint">repaint</a>(). If you do not
|
|
|
need the rectangle for repaint(), use <a href="tqwidget.html#clipRegion">clipRegion</a>() instead.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Get this property's value with <a href="tqwidget.html#visibleRect">visibleRect</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>TQWidget::width</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="tqwidget.html#width-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the width of the widget excluding any window frame.
|
|
|
<p>See the <a href="geometry.html">Window Geometry documentation</a>
|
|
|
for an overview of top-level widget geometry.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="tqwidget.html#geometry-prop">geometry</a>, <a href="tqwidget.html#height-prop">height</a>, and <a href="tqwidget.html#size-prop">size</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Get this property's value with <a href="tqwidget.html#width">width</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>TQWidget::windowOpacity</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="tqwidget.html#windowOpacity-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the level of opacity for the window.
|
|
|
<p>The valid range of opacity is from 1.0 (completely opaque) to
|
|
|
0.0 (completely transparent).
|
|
|
<p> By default the value of this property is 1.0.
|
|
|
<p> This feature is only present on Mac OS X and Windows 2000 and up.
|
|
|
<p> <b>Warning:</b> Changing this property from opaque to transparent might issue a
|
|
|
paint event that needs to be processed before the window is displayed
|
|
|
correctly. This affects mainly the use of <a href="ntqpixmap.html#grabWindow">QPixmap::grabWindow</a>(). Also note
|
|
|
that semi-transparent windows update and resize significantely slower than
|
|
|
opaque windows.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="tqwidget.html#setWindowOpacity">setWindowOpacity</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="tqwidget.html#windowOpacity">windowOpacity</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>TQWidget::x</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="tqwidget.html#x-prop"> <p>This property holds the x coordinate of the widget relative to its parent including any window frame.
|
|
|
<p>See the <a href="geometry.html">Window Geometry documentation</a>
|
|
|
for an overview of top-level widget geometry.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="tqwidget.html#frameGeometry-prop">frameGeometry</a>, <a href="tqwidget.html#y-prop">y</a>, and <a href="tqwidget.html#pos-prop">pos</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Get this property's value with <a href="tqwidget.html#x">x</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>TQWidget::y</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="tqwidget.html#y-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the y coordinate of the widget relative to its parent and including any window frame.
|
|
|
<p>See the <a href="geometry.html">Window Geometry documentation</a>
|
|
|
for an overview of top-level widget geometry.
|
|
|
<p> <p>See also <a href="tqwidget.html#frameGeometry-prop">frameGeometry</a>, <a href="tqwidget.html#x-prop">x</a>, and <a href="tqwidget.html#pos-prop">pos</a>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Get this property's value with <a href="tqwidget.html#y">y</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QWizard::titleFont</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqwizard.html#titleFont-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds the font used for page titles.
|
|
|
<p>The default is <a href="ntqapplication.html#font">QApplication::font</a>().
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqwizard.html#setTitleFont">setTitleFont</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqwizard.html#titleFont">titleFont</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
<property>
|
|
|
<name>QWorkspace::scrollBarsEnabled</name>
|
|
|
<doc href="ntqworkspace.html#scrollBarsEnabled-prop">
|
|
|
<p>This property holds whether the workspace provides scrollbars.
|
|
|
<p>If this property is set to TRUE, it is possible to resize child
|
|
|
windows over the right or the bottom edge out of the visible area
|
|
|
of the workspace. The workspace shows scrollbars to make it
|
|
|
possible for the user to access those windows. If this property is
|
|
|
set to FALSE (the default), resizing windows out of the visible
|
|
|
area of the workspace is not permitted.
|
|
|
|
|
|
<p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqworkspace.html#setScrollBarsEnabled">setScrollBarsEnabled</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqworkspace.html#scrollBarsEnabled">scrollBarsEnabled</a>().
|
|
|
</doc>
|
|
|
</property>
|
|
|
</PROP>
|